Summary

Shared by: leHQBY
Categories
Tags
-
Stats
views:
2
posted:
11/26/2011
language:
Dutch
pages:
68
Document Sample
scope of work template
							                                                                                          Nu
Year                                                           2007

Compliance Audit                                                39

Self-Certification                                              39

Periodic Data Submittals                                        --

Exception Reporting                                             --

Spot Check                                                      0

Subject to Compliance Violation Investigation                   --

Subject to Self-Reporting                                       --

Subject to Complaint                                            --




                                                2012 CMEP Reliability Standards Summary


                    Reliability
                                                        Self-Certification
                    Standards
                                                           Annual (A)
                 (FERC Approved)
BAL-001-0.1a
BAL-002-0 (BAL-002-1 Effective 04/01/2012)
BAL-003-0.1b
BAL-004-0
BAL-005-0.1b
BAL-006-2
CIP-001-2a                                                      A
CIP-002-3     A
CIP-003-3     A
CIP-004-3     A
CIP-005-3a    A
CIP-006-3c    A
CIP-007-3     A
CIP-008-3     A
CIP-009-3     A
COM-001-1.1   A
COM-002-2     A
EOP-001-0     A
EOP-002-3     A
EOP-003-1
EOP-004-1
EOP-005-1     A
EOP-006-1
EOP-008-0     A
EOP-009-0
FAC-001-0
FAC-002-1
FAC-003-1     A
FAC-008-1     A
FAC-009-1     A
FAC-010-2.1
FAC-011-2
FAC-013-1
FAC-014-2     A
INT-001-3
INT-003-3
INT-004-2
INT-005-3
INT-006-3
INT-007-1
INT-008-3
INT-009-1
INT-010-1
IRO-001-1.1
IRO-002-2
IRO-003-2
IRO-004-2        A
IRO-005-3a       A
IRO-006-5
IRO-006-EAST-1
IRO-006-WECC-1
IRO-008-1
IRO-009-1
IRO-010-1
IRO-014-1
IRO-015-1
IRO-016-1
MOD-001-1a       A
MOD-004-1        A
MOD-008-1        A
MOD-010-0
MOD-012-0
MOD-016-1.1
MOD-017-0.1
MOD-018-0
MOD-019-0.1
MOD-020-0
MOD-021-1
MOD-028-1
MOD-029-1a
MOD-030-2
NUC-001-2
PER-001-0.1
PER-002-0                                     A
PER-003-0
PER-004-1
PER-004-2
PER-005-1
PRC-001-1                                     A
PRC-004-1 (PRC-004-2 R1 Effective 4/1/2012)   A
PRC-005-1                                     A
PRC-007-0
PRC-008-0                                     A
PRC-009-0
PRC-010-0
PRC-011-0                                     A
PRC-015-0
PRC-016-0.1
PRC-017-0                                     A
PRC-018-1
PRC-021-1
PRC-022-1
PRC-023-1                                     A
TOP-001-1
TOP-002-2a                                    A
TOP-003-1
TOP-004-2                                     A
TOP-005-2a
TOP-006-2
TOP-007-0
TOP-008-1
TPL-001-0.1
TPL-002-0a
TPL-003-0a
TPL-004-0
VAR-001-2                                                       A
VAR-002-1.1b                                                    A



Note: The Reliability Standards listed for the above monitoring methods does not necessarily imp
Actively Monitored list. Refer to the "Requirements Detail Tab" for specifics concerning each Relia
                     Number of Reliability Standards
                2008                       2009        2010

                 60                         49         56

                 60                         52         60

                    --                      12         13

                    --                      14         19

                    0                       13         19

                    --                      94         95

                    --                      94         95

                    --                      94         95




Standards Summary



        Annual Program Audit -
                                     Spot Check (SC)
              Tier 1 (X)


                 X




                    X
X
X


X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X


X
X
X
X


X
X
X


X
X


X
X




X
X
X
X


X




X
X


X




X


X




X
                        X
                        X




ds does not necessarily imply all requirements are included in the 2011 Reliability Standard
cifics concerning each Reliability Standard monitoring details.
2011   2012

39     37

53     36

14     14

13     13

 1      0

102    107

102    107

102    107
                                                                                                                                                               2012 Compliance Monitoring and Enforcement Program Requirements Spreadsheet




Compliance is required with all regulatory authority approved Reliability Standards whether or not included in the subset of reliability standards and requirements designated to be audited in the NERC
implementation plan. All requirements are subject to a possible CVI, Self-Report, or Complaint.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                  Supporting                                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                 Requirement                                                                  Violation Risk          Functions                                                                   Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                   Requirement              Text of Requirement                                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                   Number                                                                         Factor              Monitored                                                                   Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                  Number                                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Annual (A)       Annual (A)


                                                              RESOURCE AND DEMAND BALANCING


                                                              Each Balancing Authority shall operate
                                                              such that, on a rolling 12-month basis,
BAL-001-0.1a                     R1.                          the average of the clock-minute                     MEDIUM                  BA                                                                                                          M             M
                                                              averages of the Balancing Authority’s
                                                              Area Control Error (ACE) divided by 10B
                                                              Each Balancing Authority shall operate
                                                              such that its average ACE for at least
BAL-001-0.1a                     R2.                          90% of clock-ten-minute periods (6 non-             MEDIUM                  BA                                                                                                          M             M
                                                              overlapping periods per hour) during a
                                                              calendar month is within a specific
                                                              Each Balancing Authority providing
                                                              Overlap Regulation Service shall
BAL-001-0.1a                     R3.                          evaluate Requirement R1 (i.e., Control              LOWER                   BA
                                                              Performance Standard 1 or CPS1) and
                                                              Requirement R2 (i.e., Control
                                                              Any Balancing Authority receiving
                                                              Overlap Regulation Service shall not
BAL-001-0.1a                     R4.                          have its control performance evaluated              LOWER                   BA
                                                              (i.e. from a control performance
                                                              perspective, the Balancing Authority
                                                              Each Balancing Authority shall have
                                                              access to and/or operate Contingency
BAL-002-0                        R1.                          Reserve to respond to Disturbances.                   HIGH               BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              Contingency Reserve may be supplied
                                                              from generation, controllable load
                                                              A Balancing Authority may elect to
                                                              fulfill its Contingency Reserve
BAL-002-0                                      R1.1.          obligations by participating as a                     HIGH               BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              member of a Reserve Sharing Group. In
                                                              such cases, the Reserve Sharing Group
                                                              Each Regional Reliability Organization,
                                                              sub-Regional Reliability Organization or
BAL-002-0                        R2.                                                                              MEDIUM              RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              Reserve Sharing Group shall specify its
                                                              Contingency Reserve policies, including:

                                                              The minimum reserve requirement for
BAL-002-0                                      R2.1.                                                                HIGH              RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              the group.



BAL-002-0                                      R2.2.          Its allocation among members.                       LOWER               RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q


                                                              The permissible mix of Operating
                                                              Reserve - Spinning and Operating
BAL-002-0                                      R2.3.                                                              LOWER               RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              Reserve - Supplemental that may be
                                                              included in Contingency Reserve.

                                                              The procedure for applying Contingency
BAL-002-0                                      R2.4.                                                              LOWER               RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              Reserve in practice.


                                                              The limitations, if any, upon the amount
BAL-002-0                                      R2.5.          of interruptible load that may be                   LOWER               RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              included.
                                                              The same portion of resource capacity
                                                              (e.g., reserves from jointly owned
BAL-002-0                                      R2.6.          generation) shall not be counted more               MEDIUM              RRO, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              than once as Contingency Reserve by
                                                              multiple Balancing Authorities.
                                                              Each Balancing Authority or Reserve
                                                              Sharing Group shall activate sufficient
BAL-002-0                        R3.                                                                                HIGH               BA, RSG                  x                                                                                     Q             Q
                                                              Contingency Reserve to comply with the
                                                              DCS.
                                                              As a minimum, the Balancing Authority
                                                              or Reserve Sharing Group shall carry at
BAL-002-0                                      R3.1.          least enough Contingency Reserve to                   HIGH               BA, RSG                  x                                                                                     Q             Q
                                                              cover the most severe single
                                                              contingency.Authority or Reserve
                                                              A Balancing All Balancing Authorities
                                                              Sharing Group shall meet the
BAL-002-0                        R4.                          Disturbance Recovery Criterion within               MEDIUM               BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              the Disturbance Recovery Period for
                                                              A Balancing Authority shall return The
                                                              100% of Reportable Disturbances. its
                                                              ACE to zero if its ACE just prior to the
BAL-002-0                                      R4.1.          Reportable Disturbance was positive or              MEDIUM               BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              equal to zero. For negative initial ACE
                                                              values just prior to the Disturbance, the
                                                              The default Disturbance Recovery
                                                              Period is 15 minutes after the start of a          No VRF
BAL-002-0                                      R4.2.          Reportable Disturbance. This period                                      BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                                                                                 Assigned
                                                              may be adjusted to better suit the needs
                                                              of an Interconnection based on analysis
                                                              Each Reserve Sharing Group shall
                                                              comply with the DCS. A Reserve
BAL-002-0                        R5.                          Sharing Group shall be considered in a              LOWER                  RSG                                                         x                                                Q             Q
                                                              Reportable Disturbance condition
                                                              whenever a group member has
                                                              The Reserve Sharing Group reviews
                                                              group ACE (or equivalent) and                      No VRF
BAL-002-0                                      R5.1.          demonstrates compliance to the DCS.                                        RSG                                                         x                                                Q             Q
                                                                                                                 Assigned
                                                              To be in compliance, the group ACE (or
                                                              its equivalent) must meet the
                                                              The Reserve Sharing Group reviews
                                                              each member’s ACE in response to the               No VRF
BAL-002-0                                      R5.2.          activation of reserves. To be in                                           RSG                                                         x                                                Q             Q
                                                                                                                 Assigned
                                                              compliance, a member’s ACE (or its
                                                              equivalent) must meet or Reserve
                                                              A Balancing Authority the Disturbance
                                                              Sharing Group shall fully restore its
BAL-002-0                        R6.                          Contingency Reserves within the                     MEDIUM               BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                              Contingency Reserve Restoration
                                                              Period for its Interconnection.
                                                              The Contingency Reserve Restoration
                                                                                                                 No VRF
BAL-002-0                                      R6.1.          Period begins at the end of the                                          BA, RSG                                                       x                                                Q             Q
                                                                                                                 Assigned
                                                              Disturbance Recovery Period.



           Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 14 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                 Supporting                                                                               2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                Requirement                                                                Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                  Requirement             Text of Requirement                                              Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                  Number                                                                       Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                 Number                                                                                    - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                             The default Contingency Reserve
                                                             Restoration Period is 90 minutes. This          No VRF
BAL-002-0                                     R6.2.          period may be adjusted to better suit                          BA, RSG                                       x                                                    Q             Q
                                                                                                             Assigned
                                                             the reliability targets of the
                                                             Each Balancing based on shall have
                                                             Interconnection Authority analysis
BAL-002-1                                                    access to and/or operate Contingency
                     R1.                                     Reserve to respond to Disturbances.               HIGH         BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             Contingency Reserve may be supplied
                                                             from generation, controllable load
                                                             A Balancing Authority may elect to
BAL-002-1                                                    fulfill its Contingency Reserve
                                              R1.1.          obligations by participating as a                 HIGH         BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             member of a Reserve Sharing Group. In
                                                             Each cases, the Reserve Sharing Group
                                                             such Regional Reliability Organization,
BAL-002-1                                                    sub-Regional Reliability Organization or
                     R2.                                                                                      MEDIUM        RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                         Reserve Sharing Group shall specify its
                                                             Contingency Reserve policies, including:

BAL-002-1                                                    The minimum reserve requirement for
                                              R2.1.                                                            HIGH         RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                         the group.


BAL-002-1
                                              R2.2.          Its allocation among members.                    LOWER         RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)

                                                             The permissible mix of Operating
BAL-002-1                                                    Reserve – Spinning and Operating
                                              R2.3.                                                           LOWER         RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                         Reserve – Supplemental that may be
                                                             included in Contingency Reserve.

BAL-002-1                                                    The procedure for applying Contingency
                                              R2.4.                                                           LOWER         RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                         Reserve in practice.


                                                             The limitations, if any, upon the amount
BAL-002-1
                                              R2.5.          of interruptible load that may be                LOWER         RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             included.
                                                             The same portion of resource capacity
BAL-002-1                                                    (e.g. reserves from jointly owned
                                              R2.6.          generation) shall not be counted more            MEDIUM        RRO, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             than once as Contingency Reserve by
                                                             multiple Balancing Authorities.
                                                             Each Balancing Authority or Reserve
BAL-002-1                                                    Sharing Group shall activate sufficient
                     R3.                                                                                       HIGH         BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                         Contingency Reserve to comply with the
                                                             DCS.
                                                             As a minimum, the Balancing Authority
BAL-002-1                                                    or Reserve Sharing Group shall carry at
                                              R3.1.          least enough Contingency Reserve to               HIGH         BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             cover the most severe single
                                                             contingency. All Balancing Authorities
                                                             A Balancing Authority or Reserve
BAL-002-1                                                    Sharing Group shall meet the
                     R4.                                     Disturbance Recovery Criterion within            MEDIUM        BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             the Disturbance Recovery Period for
                                                             100% of Reportable Disturbances. its
                                                             A Balancing Authority shall return The
BAL-002-1                                                    ACE to zero if its ACE just prior to the
                                              R4.1.          Reportable Disturbance was positive or           MEDIUM        BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             equal to zero. For negative initial ACE
                                                             values just prior to the Disturbance, the
                                                             The default Disturbance Recovery
BAL-002-1                                                                                                    No VRF
                                              R4.2.          Period is 15 minutes after the start of a                      BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                                                                         Assigned
                                                             Reportable Disturbance.
                                                             Each Reserve Sharing Group shall
BAL-002-1                                                    comply with the DCS. A Reserve
                     R5.                                     Sharing Group shall be considered in a           LOWER           RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             Reportable Disturbance condition
                                                             whenever a group member has
                                                             The Reserve Sharing Group reviews
BAL-002-1                                                    group ACE (or equivalent) and                   No VRF
                                              R5.1.          demonstrates compliance to the DCS.                              RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                                                                         Assigned
                                                             To be in compliance, the group ACE (or
                                                             its equivalent) must meet the
                                                             The Reserve Sharing Group reviews
BAL-002-1                                                    each member’s ACE in response to the            No VRF
                                              R5.2.          activation of reserves. To be in                                 RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                                                                         Assigned
                                                             compliance, a member’s ACE (or its
                                                             equivalent) must meet or Reserve
                                                             A Balancing Authority the Disturbance
BAL-002-1                                                    Sharing Group shall fully restore its
                     R6.                                     Contingency Reserves within the                  MEDIUM        BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)
                                                             Contingency Reserve Restoration
                                                             Period for its Interconnection.
                                                             The Contingency Reserve Restoration
BAL-002-1                                                                                                    No VRF
                                              R6.1.          Period begins at the end of the                                BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                                                                         Assigned
                                                             Disturbance Recovery Period.


BAL-002-1                                                    The default Contingency Reserve                 No VRF
                                              R6.2.                                                                         BA, RSG
(effective 4/1/2012)                                         Restoration Period is 90 minutes.               Assigned

                                                             Each Balancing Authority shall review
                                                             its Frequency Bias Settings by January
BAL-003-0.1b                    R1.                          1 of each year and recalculate its               LOWER            BA                                         x
                                                             setting to reflect any change in the
                                                             Frequency Response of the Balancing
                                                             The Balancing Authority may change its
                                                             Frequency Bias Setting, and the method
BAL-003-0.1b                                  R1.1.          used to determine the setting, whenever          LOWER            BA                                         x
                                                             any of the factors used to determine the
                                                             current bias value change.
                                                             Each Balancing Authority shall report
                                                             its Frequency Bias Setting, and method
BAL-003-0.1b                                  R1.2.                                                           LOWER            BA                                         x                                                    A             A               ER
                                                             for determining that setting, to the
                                                             NERC Operating Committee.
                                                             Each Balancing Authority shall
                                                             establish and maintain a Frequency
BAL-003-0.1b                    R2.                          Bias Setting that is as close as practical       MEDIUM           BA                           x
                                                             to, or greater than, the Balancing
                                                             Authority’s Frequency Response. a fixed
                                                             The Balancing Authority may use
                                                             Frequency Bias value which is based on
BAL-003-0.1b                                  R2.1.          a fixed, straight-line function of Tie Line      LOWER            BA                           x
                                                             deviation versus Frequency Deviation.
                                                             The Balancing Authority shall determine




          Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                       fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 15 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                   2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                                Violation Risk     Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                       Factor         Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                        - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Balancing Authority may use a
                                                           variable (linear or non-linear) bias
BAL-003-0.1b                                R2.2.          value, which is based on a variable              LOWER              BA                             x
                                                           function of Tie Line deviation to
                                                           Frequency Deviation. The Balancing
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall operate
                                                           its Automatic Generation Control (AGC)
                                                           on Tie Line Frequency Bias, unless
BAL-003-0.1b                  R3.                          such operation is adverse to system or           MEDIUM             BA                                           x
                                                           Interconnection reliability.
                                                           See Standard for Approved Interpretation of
                                                           R3 for WECC WATEC Procedure

                                                           Balancing Authorities that use Dynamic
                                                           Scheduling or Pseudo-ties for jointly
BAL-003-0.1b                  R4.                          owned units shall reflect their                  LOWER              BA                                           x
                                                           respective share of the unit governor
                                                           droop schedulesin their respective Units
                                                           Fixed response for Jointly Owned
                                                           mandate that Balancing Authority (A)
BAL-003-0.1b                                R4.1.          that contains the Jointly Owned Unit             LOWER              BA                                           x
                                                           must incorporate the respective share
                                                           The Balancing Authorities response a
                                                           of the unit governor droop that have for
                                                           fixed schedule (B and C) but do not
BAL-003-0.1b                                R4.2.          contain the Jointly Owned Unit shall not         LOWER              BA                                           x
                                                           include their share of the governor
                                                           droop response in their Frequency Bias
                                                           Balancing Authorities that serve native
                                                           load shall have a monthly average
BAL-003-0.1b                  R5.                          Frequency Bias Setting that is at least          MEDIUM             BA                                           x
                                                           1% of the Balancing Authority’s
                                                           estimated Authorities demand per 0.1
                                                           Balancing yearly peak that do not serve
                                                           native load shall have a monthly
BAL-003-0.1b                                R5.1.          average Frequency Bias Setting that is           MEDIUM             BA                                           x
                                                           at least 1% of its estimated maximum
                                                           generation level in the coming
                                                           A Balancing Authority that is year per
                                                           performing Overlap Regulation Service
BAL-003-0.1b                  R6.                          shall increase its Frequency Bias                MEDIUM             BA                                           x
                                                           Setting to match the frequency
                                                           response of the entire area being be
                                                           Only a Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           eligible to act as Interconnection Time
BAL-004-0                     R1.                          Monitor. A single Reliability                    LOWER              RC
                                                           Coordinator in each Interconnection
                                                           The Interconnection by theMonitor shall
                                                           shall be designated Time NERC
                                                           monitor Time Error and shall initiate or
BAL-004-0                     R2.                          terminate corrective action orders in            LOWER              RC
                                                           accordance with the NAESB Time Error
                                                           Correction Procedure.
                                                           Each Balancing Authority, when
                                                           requested, shall participate in a Time
BAL-004-0                     R3.                                                                           MEDIUM             BA
                                                           Error Correction by one of the following
                                                           methods:
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall offset its
                                                           frequency schedule by 0.02 Hertz,
BAL-004-0                                   R3.1.                                                           LOWER              BA
                                                           leaving the Frequency Bias Setting
                                                           normal; or
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall offset its
                                                           Net Interchange Schedule (MW) by an
BAL-004-0                                   R3.2.          amount equal to the computed bias                LOWER              BA
                                                           contribution during a 0.02 Hertz
                                                           Frequency Deviation (i.e. 20% of the
                                                           Any Reliability Coordinator in an
                                                           Interconnection shall have the authority
BAL-004-0                     R4.                          to request the Interconnection Time              LOWER              RC
                                                           Monitor to terminate a Time Error
                                                           Balancing in progress, or have
                                                           CorrectionAuthorities that a scheduled
                                                           reliability concerns with the execution
BAL-004-0                                   R4.1.          of a Time Error Correction shall notify          LOWER              BA                                                                                                                              ER
                                                           their Reliability Coordinator and request
                                                           the termination of a Time Error
                                                           All generation, transmission, and load
                                                           operating within an Interconnection             No VRF
BAL-005-0.1b                  R1.                          must be included within the metered                            GOP, LSE, TOP
                                                                                                           Assigned
                                                           boundaries of a Balancing Authority
                                                           Area. Generator Operator with
                                                           Each
                                                           generation facilities operating in an
BAL-005-0.1b                                R1.1.          Interconnection shall ensure that those          MEDIUM            GOP
                                                           generation facilities are included within
                                                           the metered boundaries of a Balancing
                                                           Each Transmission Operator with
                                                           transmission facilities operating in an
BAL-005-0.1b                                R1.2.          Interconnection shall ensure that those          MEDIUM            TOP
                                                           transmission facilities are included
                                                           within the metered boundaries load
                                                           Each Load-Serving Entity with of a
                                                           operating in an Interconnection shall
BAL-005-0.1b                                R1.3.          ensure that those loads are included             MEDIUM            LSE
                                                           within the metered boundaries of a
                                                           Balancing Authority Area. shall maintain
                                                           Each Balancing Authority
                                                           Regulating Reserve that can be
BAL-005-0.1b                  R2.                          controlled by AGC to meet the Control             HIGH              BA
                                                           Performance Standard.
                                                           A Balancing Authority providing
                                                           Regulation Service shall ensure that
BAL-005-0.1b                  R3.                          adequate metering, communications,               MEDIUM             BA
                                                           and control equipment are employed to
                                                           A Balancing service from becoming a
                                                           prevent suchAuthority providing
                                                           Regulation Service shall notify the Host
BAL-005-0.1b                  R4.                          Balancing Authority for whom it is               MEDIUM             BA
                                                           controlling if it is unable to provide the
                                                           A Balancing Authority Intermediate
                                                           service, as well as anyreceiving
                                                           Regulation Service shall ensure that
BAL-005-0.1b                  R5.                          backup plans are in place to provide             MEDIUM             BA
                                                           replacement Regulation Service should
                                                           the supplying Balancing Authority no
                                                           The Balancing Authority’s AGC shall
                                                           compare total Net Actual Interchange to
BAL-005-0.1b                  R6.                          total Net Scheduled Interchange plus             MEDIUM             BA
                                                           Frequency Bias obligation to determine
                                                           the Balancing Authority’s ACE. Single
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall operate
                                                           AGC continuously unless such
BAL-005-0.1b                  R7.                          operation adversely impacts the                  MEDIUM             BA
                                                           reliability of the Interconnection. If AGC
                                                           has become inoperative, the Balancing




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                           fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 16 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                             2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                  - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall ensure
                                                           that data acquisition for and calculation
BAL-005-0.1b                  R8.                          of ACE occur at least every six seconds.       MEDIUM           BA


                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall provide
                                                           redundant and independent frequency
BAL-005-0.1b                                R8.1.          metering equipment that shall                  MEDIUM           BA
                                                           automatically activate upon detection of
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall This
                                                           failure of the primary source. include
                                                           all Interchange Schedules with Adjacent
BAL-005-0.1b                  R9.                          Balancing Authorities in the calculation       LOWER            BA
                                                           of Net Scheduled Interchange for the
                                                           ACE equation.
                                                           Balancing Authorities with a high
                                                           voltage direct current (HVDC) link to
BAL-005-0.1b                                R9.1.          another Balancing Authority connected          LOWER            BA
                                                           asynchronously to their Interconnection
                                                           The choose to omit the shall include
                                                           may Balancing AuthorityInterchange
                                                           all Dynamic Schedules in the
BAL-005-0.1b                  R10.                         calculation of Net Scheduled                    HIGH            BA
                                                           Interchange for the ACE equation.
                                                           Balancing Authorities shall include the
                                                           effect of ramp rates, which shall be
BAL-005-0.1b                  R11.                         identical and agreed to between                MEDIUM           BA
                                                           affected Balancing Authorities, in the
                                                           Scheduled Interchange values to
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall include
                                                           all Tie Line flows with Adjacent
BAL-005-0.1b                  R12.                         Balancing Authority Areas in the ACE           MEDIUM           BA
                                                           calculation.
                                                           Balancing Authorities that share a tie
                                                           shall ensure Tie Line MW metering is
BAL-005-0.1b                                R12.1.         telemetered to both control centers, and       LOWER            BA
                                                           emanates from a common, agreed-upon
                                                           source using common primary metering
                                                           Balancing Authorities shall ensure the
                                                           power flow and ACE signals that are
BAL-005-0.1b                                R12.2.         utilized for calculating Balancing             MEDIUM           BA
                                                           Authority performance or that are
                                                           transmitted for Regulation install
                                                           Balancing Authorities shallService are
                                                           common metering equipment where
BAL-005-0.1b                                R12.3.         Dynamic Schedules or Pseudo-Ties are           MEDIUM           BA
                                                           implemented between two or more
                                                           Balancing Authorities to deliver the
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall perform
                                                           hourly error checks using Tie Line
BAL-005-0.1b                  R13.                         megawatt-hour meters with common               LOWER            BA
                                                           time synchronization to determine the
                                                           accuracy of its Authority shall provide
                                                           The Balancing control equipment. The
                                                           its operating personnel with sufficient
BAL-005-0.1b                  R14.                         instrumentation and data recording             LOWER            BA
                                                           equipment to facilitate monitoring of
                                                           control performance, generation
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall provide
                                                           adequate and reliable backup power
BAL-005-0.1b                  R15.                         supplies and shall periodically test           LOWER            BA
                                                           these supplies at the Balancing
                                                           Authority’s control center and other
                                                           The Balancing Authority shall sample
                                                           data at least at the same periodicity
BAL-005-0.1b                  R16.                         with which ACE is calculated. The              MEDIUM           BA
                                                           Balancing Authority shall flag missing
                                                           or bad data for operator displayat least
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall and
                                                           annually check and calibrate its time
BAL-005-0.1b                  R17.                         error and frequency devices against a          MEDIUM           BA
                                                           common reference. The Balancing
                                                           Authority shall adhere to the minimum
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall
BAL-006-2                     R1.                          calculate and record hourly Inadvertent        LOWER            BA
                                                           Interchange.
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall include
                                                           all AC tie lines that connect to its
BAL-006-2                     R2.                          Adjacent Balancing Authority Areas in          LOWER            BA
                                                           its Inadvertent Interchange account. The
                                                           Balancing Authority shall take into
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall ensure
                                                           all of its Balancing Authority Area
BAL-006-2                     R3.                          interconnection points are equipped            LOWER            BA
                                                           with common megawatt-hour meters,
                                                           Adjacent Balancing Authority to the
                                                           with readings provided hourlyAreas
                                                           shall operate to a common Net
BAL-006-2                     R4.                          Interchange Schedule and Actual Net            LOWER            BA                                                                                              M             M
                                                           Interchange value and shall record
                                                           these hourly quantities, with like values
                                                           Each Balancing Authority, by the end of
BAL-006-2                                   R4.1.          the next business day, shall agree with        LOWER            BA                                                                                              M             M
                                                           its Adjacent Balancing Authorities to:


                                                           The hourly values of Net Interchange
BAL-006-2                                   R4.1.1.                                                       LOWER            BA                                                                                              M             M
                                                           Schedule.


                                                           The hourly integrated megawatt-hour
BAL-006-2                                   R4.1.2.                                                       LOWER            BA                                                                                              M             M
                                                           values of Net Actual Interchange.

                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall use the
                                                           agreed-to daily and monthly accounting
BAL-006-2                                   R4.2.          data to compile its monthly                    LOWER            BA                                                                                              M             M
                                                           accumulated Inadvertent Interchange for
                                                           the On-Peak and Off-Peak hours ofafter-
                                                           A Balancing Authority shall make the
                                                           the-fact corrections to the agreed-to
BAL-006-2                                   R4.3.          daily and monthly accounting data only         LOWER            BA
                                                           as needed to reflect actual operating
                                                           conditions (e.g. a meter being used for
                                                           Adjacent Balancing Authorities that
                                                           cannot mutually agree upon their
BAL-006-2                     R5.                          respective Net Actual Interchange or Net       LOWER            BA                                                                                                                            ER
                                                           Scheduled Interchange quantities by the
                                                           15th calendar day of the following
                                                           CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
                                                           PROTECTION




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                     fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 17 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                    2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                              Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                   Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                     Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                         - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                               Each Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
                                                               Authority, Transmission Operator,                             BA, GOP, LSE,
CIP-001-2a                        R1.                          Generator Operator, and Load-Serving           MEDIUM                                               x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                                RC, TOP
                                                               Entity shall have procedures for the
                                                               Each Reliability Coordinator, their
                                                               recognition of and for makingBalancing
                                                               Authority, Transmission Operator,
                                                               Generator Operator, and Load-Serving
                                                               Entity shall have procedures for the                          BA, GOP, LSE,
CIP-001-2a                        R2.                                                                         MEDIUM                                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               communication of information                                     RC, TOP
                                                               concerning sabotage events to
                                                               appropriate parties in the
                                                               Interconnection.
                                                               Each Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
                                                               Authority, Transmission Operator,                             BA, GOP, LSE,
CIP-001-2a                        R3.                          Generator Operator, and Load-Serving           MEDIUM                                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                                RC, TOP
                                                               Entity shall provide its operating
                                                               Each Reliabilitysabotage response
                                                               personnel with Coordinator, Balancing
                                                               Authority, Transmission Operator,                             BA, GOP, LSE,
CIP-001-2a                        R4.                          Generator Operator, and Load-Serving           MEDIUM                                               x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                                RC, TOP
                                                               Entity shall establish communications
                                                               contacts, as applicable, with local
                                                               Critical Asset Identification Method —
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall identify                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                         R1.                          and document a risk-based assessment           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               methodology to use to identify its                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Critical Assets. Entity shall maintain
                                                               The Responsible
                                                               documentation describing its risk-                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R1.1.          based assessment methodology that              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               includes procedures and evaluation                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               criteria.
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The risk-based assessment shall
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               consider the following assets:
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Control centers and backup control
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               centers performing the functions of the
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.1.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               entities listed in the Applicability
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               section of this standard.

                                                               Transmission substations that support                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.2.        the reliable operation of the Bulk             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Electric System.                                             TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Generation resources that support the                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.3.        reliable operation of the Bulk Electric        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               System.                                                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Systems and facilities critical to system
                                                               restoration, including blackstart                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.4.        generators and substations in the              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               electrical path of transmission lines                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               used for initial system critical to
                                                               Systems and facilities restoration.
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               automatic load shedding under a
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.5.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               common control system capable of
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               shedding 300 MW or more.

                                                               Special Protection Systems that support                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.6.        the reliable operation of the Bulk             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Electric System.                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Any additional assets that support the
                                                               reliable operation of the Bulk Electric                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R1.2.7.        System that the Responsible Entity             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               deems appropriate to include in its                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               assessment. Identification — The
                                                               Critical Asset
                                                               Responsible Entity shall develop a list                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                         R2.                          of its identified Critical Assets              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               determined through an annual                                 TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               application of the risk-based
                                                               Critical Cyber Asset Identification —
                                                               Using the list of Critical Assets                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                         R3.                          developed pursuant to Requirement R2,          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               the Responsible Entity shall develop a                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               list of associated Critical Cyber Assets
                                                               The Cyber Asset uses a routable                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R3.1.          protocol to communicate outside the            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Electronic Security Perimeter; or,                           TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The Cyber Asset uses a routable
CIP-002-3                                       R3.2.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               protocol within a control center; or,
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                                       R3.3.          The Cyber Asset is dial-up accessible          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Annual Approval — The senior manager
                                                               or delegate(s) shall approve annually                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-002-3                         R4.                          the risk-based assessment                      Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               methodology, the list of Critical Assets                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Cyber Security Policy Cyber
                                                               and the list of Critical — The Assets.
                                                               Responsible Entity shall document and                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                         R1.                          implement a cyber security policy that         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               represents management’s commitment                           TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The abilitysecurity policy addresses the
                                                               and cyber to secure its Critical Cyber
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               requirements in Standards CIP-002-3
CIP-003-3                                       R1.1.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               through CIP-009-3, including provision
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               for emergency situations.
                                                               The cyber security policy is readily
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               available to all personnel who have
CIP-003-3                                       R1.2.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               access to, or are responsible for,
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Critical Cyber Assets.

                                                               Annual review and approval of the cyber                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R1.3.          security policy by the senior manager          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               assigned pursuant to R2.                                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Leadership — The Responsible Entity
                                                               shall assign a single senior manager                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                         R2.                          with overall responsibility and authority      Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               for leading and managing the entity’s                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               implementation of, and adherence to,




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                            fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 18 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                    2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                              Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                   Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                     Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                         - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Annual (A)       Annual (A)

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The senior manager shall be identified
CIP-003-3                                       R2.1.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               by name, title, and date of designation.
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Changes to the senior manager must be                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R2.2.          documented within thirty calendar days         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               of the effective date.                                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Where allowed by Standards CIP-002-3
                                                               through CIP-009-3, the senior manager                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R2.3.          may delegate authority for specific            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               actions to a named delegate or                               TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The senior These delegations shall be
                                                               delegates. manager or delegate(s),
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               shall authorize and document any
CIP-003-3                                       R2.4.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               exception from the requirements of the
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               cyber security policy.
                                                               Exceptions — Instances where the
                                                               Responsible Entity cannot conform to                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                         R3.                          its cyber security policy must be              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               documented as exceptions and                                 TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               authorized by the senior manager or
                                                               Exceptions to the Responsible Entity’s
                                                               cyber security policy must be                                BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R3.1.          documented within thirty days of being         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               approved by the senior manager or                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               delegate(s). exceptions to the cyber
                                                               Documented
                                                               security policy must include an                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R3.2.          explanation as to why the exception is         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               necessary and any compensating                               TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               measures.
                                                               Authorized exceptions to the cyber
                                                               security policy must be reviewed and                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R3.3.          approved annually by the senior                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               manager or delegate(s) to ensure the                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               exceptions Protection — The
                                                               Information are still required and valid.
                                                               Responsible Entity shall implement and                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                         R4.                          document a program to identify,                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               classify, and protect information                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Criticalwith Critical Cyber Assets.
                                                               associated Cyber Asset information to
                                                               be protected shall include, at a                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R4.1.          minimum and regardless of media type,          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               operational procedures, lists as                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               required in Standard CIP-002-3, network
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall classify
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               information to be protected under this
CIP-003-3                                       R4.2.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               program based on the sensitivity of the
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Critical Cyber Asset information.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall, at least
                                                               annually, assess adherence to its                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R4.3.          Critical Cyber Asset information               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               protection program, document the                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               assessment results, and implement
                                                               Access Control — The Responsible an
                                                               Entity shall document and implement a                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                         R5.                          program for managing access to                 Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               protected Critical Cyber Asset                               TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               information.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall maintain a
                                                               list of designated personnel who are                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R5.1.          responsible for authorizing logical or         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               physical access to protected                                 TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               information.
                                                               Personnel shall be identified by name,                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R5.1.1.        title, and the information for which they      Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               are responsible for authorizing access.                      TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The list of personnel responsible for
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               authorizing access to protected
CIP-003-3                                       R5.1.2.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               information shall be verified at least
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               annually.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall review at
                                                               least annually the access privileges to                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                                       R5.2.          protected information to confirm that          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               access privileges are correct and that                       TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The correspond Entity shall assess
                                                               theyResponsible with the Responsible
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               and document at least annually the
CIP-003-3                                       R5.3.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               processes for controlling access
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               privileges to protected information.
                                                               Change Control and Configuration
                                                               Management — The Responsible Entity                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-003-3                         R6.                          shall establish and document a process         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               of change control and configuration                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               management for adding, modifying,
                                                               Awareness — The Responsible Entity
                                                               shall establish, document, implement,                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                         R1.                          and maintain a security awareness              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               program to ensure personnel having                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               authorized cyber or authorized
                                                               Training — The Responsible Entity shall
                                                               establish, document, implement, and                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                         R2.                          maintain an annual cyber security              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               training program for personnel having                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               authorized cyber or authorized
                                                               This program will ensure that all
                                                               personnel having such access to                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R2.1.          Critical Cyber Assets, including               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               contractors and service vendors, are                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               trained prior to their the policies, such
                                                               Training shall cover being granted
                                                               access controls, and procedures as                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R2.2.          developed for the Critical Cyber Assets        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               covered by CIP-004-3, and include, at a                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               minimum, the following required items
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R2.2.1.        The proper use of Critical Cyber Assets;       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               Physical and electronic access controls
CIP-004-3                                       R2.2.2.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               to Critical Cyber Assets;
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The proper handling of Critical Cyber
CIP-004-3                                       R2.2.3.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               Asset information; and,
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                            fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 19 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                    2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                              Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                   Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                     Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                         - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                               Action plans and procedures to recover
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               or re-establish Critical Cyber Assets
CIP-004-3                                       R2.2.4.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               and access thereto following a Cyber
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Security Incident.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall maintain
                                                               documentation that training is                               BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R2.3.          conducted at least annually, including         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               the date the training was completed and                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               attendance records
                                                               Personnel Risk Assessment —The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall have a                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                         R3.                          documented personnel risk assessment           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               program, in accordance with federal,                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               state, provincial, and local laws, and
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall ensure
                                                               that each assessment conducted                               BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R3.1.          include, at least, identity verification       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               (e.g., Social Security Number                                TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               verification in the U.S.) shall update
                                                               The Responsible Entity and seven-year
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               each personnel risk assessment at least
CIP-004-3                                       R3.2.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               every seven years after the initial
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               personnel risk assessment or for cause.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall document
                                                               the results of personnel risk                                BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R3.3.          assessments of its personnel having            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               authorized cyber or authorized                               TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Access — The Responsible to Critical
                                                               unescorted physical access Entity shall
                                                               maintain list(s) of personnel with                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                         R4.                          authorized cyber or authorized                 Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               unescorted physical access to Critical                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Cyber Assets, including their specific
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall review the
                                                               list(s) of its personnel who have such                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R4.1.          access to Critical Cyber Assets                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               quarterly, and update the list(s) within                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible Entity any change of
                                                               seven calendar days of shall revoke
                                                               such access to Critical Cyber Assets                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-004-3                                       R4.2.          within 24 hours for personnel                  Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               terminated for cause and within seven                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               calendar days for personnel who no
                                                               Electronic Security Perimeter — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall ensure that                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                        R1.                          every Critical Cyber Asset resides             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               within an Electronic Security Perimeter.                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible the Electronic Security
                                                               Access points to Entity shall identify
                                                               Perimeter(s) shall include any                               BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R1.1.          externally connected communication             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               end point (for example, dial-up modems)                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               terminating at any device within the
                                                               For a dial-up accessible Critical Cyber
                                                               Asset that uses a non-routable protocol,                     BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R1.2.          the Responsible Entity shall define an         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Electronic Security Perimeter for that                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Communication links connecting device.
                                                               single access point at the dial-up
                                                               discrete Electronic Security Perimeters                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R1.3.          shall not be considered part of the            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Electronic Security Perimeter. However,                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               end non-critical Cyber Asset within
                                                               Any points of these communication a
                                                               defined Electronic Security Perimeter                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R1.4.          shall be identified and protected              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               pursuant to the requirements of                              TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Standard CIP-005-3.in the access control
                                                               Cyber Assets used
                                                               and/or monitoring of the Electronic                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R1.5.          Security Perimeter(s) shall be afforded        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               the protective measures as a specified                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               in Standard CIP-003-3; Standard CIP-004-
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall maintain
                                                               documentation of Electronic Security                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R1.6.          Perimeter(s), all interconnected Critical      Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               and non-critical Cyber Assets within the                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Electronic SecurityControls — The
                                                               Electronic Access Perimeter(s), all
                                                               Responsible Entity shall implement and                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                        R2.                          document the organizational processes          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               and technical and procedural                                 TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               mechanisms for control of electronic
                                                               These processes and mechanisms shall
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               use an access control model that denies
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.1.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               access by default, such that explicit
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               access permissions must be specified.
                                                               At all access points to the Electronic
                                                               Security Perimeter(s), the Responsible                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.2.          Entity shall enable only ports and             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               services required for operations and for                     TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The Responsible Assets within the
                                                               monitoring CyberEntity shall implement
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               and maintain a procedure for securing
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.3.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               dial-up access to the Electronic
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Security Perimeter(s).
                                                               Where external interactive access into
                                                               the Electronic Security Perimeter has                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.4.          been enabled, the Responsible Entity           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               shall implement strong procedural or                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               technical controls at the access points
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The required documentation shall, at
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.5.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               least, identify and describe:
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The processes for access request and
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.5.1.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               authorization.
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.5.2.        The authentication methods.                    Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The review process for authorization                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.5.3.        rights, in accordance with Standard CIP-       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               004-3 Requirement R4.                                        TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The controls used to secure dial-up
CIP-005-3a                                      R2.5.4.                                                       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               accessible connections.
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                            fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 20 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                               Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                 Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                 Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                            Appropriate Use Banner — Where
                                                            technically feasible, electronic access                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R2.6.          control devices shall display an                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            appropriate use banner on the user                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            screen upon all interactive access
                                                            Monitoring Electronic Access — The
                                                            Responsible Entity shall implement and                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                     R3.                          document an electronic or manual                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            process(es) for monitoring and logging                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            access at access points to the
                                                            For dial-up accessible Critical Cyber
                                                            Assets that use non-routable protocols,                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R3.1.          the Responsible Entity shall implement          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            and document monitoring process(es)                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            at eachtechnically feasible, dial-up
                                                            Where access point to the the security
                                                            monitoring process(es) shall detect and                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R3.2.          alert for attempts at or actual                 Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            unauthorized accesses. These alerts                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            shall provide for appropriate
                                                            Cyber Vulnerability Assessment — The
                                                            Responsible Entity shall perform a                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                     R4.                          cyber vulnerability assessment of the           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            electronic access points to the                               TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            Electronic Security Perimeter(s) at least
                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            A document identifying the vulnerability
CIP-005-3a                                   R4.1.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            assessment process;
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                            A review to verify that only ports and                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R4.2.          services required for operations at             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            these access points are enabled;                              TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            The discovery of all access points to
CIP-005-3a                                   R4.3.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            the Electronic Security Perimeter;
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                            A review of controls for default                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R4.4.          accounts, passwords, and network                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            management community strings;                                 TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            Documentation of the results of the
                                                            assessment, the action plan to                                BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R4.5.          remediate or mitigate vulnerabilities           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            identified in the assessment, and the                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            execution status of that action plan.
                                                            Documentation Review and
                                                            Maintenance — The Responsible Entity                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                     R5.                          shall review, update, and maintain all          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            documentation to support compliance                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            withResponsible Entity shall ensure
                                                            The the requirements of Standard CIP-
                                                            that all documentation required by                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R5.1.          Standard CIP-005-3 reflect current              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            configurations and processes and shall                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            review the documents and procedures
                                                            The Responsible Entity shall update the
                                                            documentation to reflect the                                  BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R5.2.          modification of the network or controls         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            within ninety calendar days of the                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            change.
                                                            The Responsible Entity shall retain
                                                            electronic access logs for at least                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-005-3a                                   R5.3.          ninety calendar days. Logs related to           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            reportable incidents shall be kept in                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            accordance with the requirements of
                                                            Physical Security Plan — The
                                                            Responsible Entity shall document,                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                     R1.                          implement, and maintain a physical              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            security plan, approved by the senior                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            manager or delegate(s) that shall
                                                            All Cyber Assets within an Electronic
                                                            Security Perimeter shall reside within                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.1.          an identified Physical Security                 Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            Perimeter. Where a completely enclosed                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            (―six-wall‖) border cannot be
                                                            Identification of all physical access
                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            points through each Physical Security
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.2.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            Perimeter and measures to control entry
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            at those access points.

                                                            Processes, tools, and procedures to                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.3.          monitor physical access to the                  Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            perimeter(s).                                                 TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            Appropriate use of physical access
                                                            controls as described in Requirement                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.4.          R4 including visitor pass management,           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            response to loss, and prohibition of                          TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                            Review of access of physical access
                                                            inappropriate use authorization
                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            requests and revocation of access
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.5.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            authorization, in accordance with CIP-
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            004-3 Requirement R4.
                                                            A visitor control program for visitors
                                                            (personnel without authorized                                 BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.6.          unescorted access to a Physical                 Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            Security Perimeter), containing at a                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            minimum the following:
                                                            Logs (manual or automated) to
                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            document the entry and exit of visitors,
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.6.1.                                                        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            including the date and time, to and from
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            Physical Security Perimeters.

                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            Continuous escorted access of visitors
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.6.2.                                                        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            within the Physical Security Perimeter.
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            Update of the physical security plan
                                                            within thirty calendar days of the                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.7.          completion of any physical security             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            system redesign or reconfiguration,                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            including, but not limited to, addition or
                                                                                                                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                            Annual review of the physical security
CIP-006-3c                                   R1.8.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            plan.
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            Protection of Physical Access Control
                                                            Systems — Cyber Assets that authorize                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                     R2.                          and/or log access to the Physical               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            Security Perimeter(s), exclusive of                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                            hardware at the Physical Security




         Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 21 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual (A)       Annual (A)

                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               Be protected from unauthorized
CIP-006-3c                                      R2.1.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               physical access.
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Be afforded the protective measures
                                                               specified in Standard CIP-003-3;                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                      R2.2.          Standard CIP-004-3 Requirement R3;              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Standard CIP-005-3 Requirements R2                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               and R3; Standard CIP-006-3
                                                               Protection of Electronic Access Control
                                                               Systems — Cyber Assets used in the                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                        R3.                          access control and/or monitoring of the         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Electronic Security Perimeter(s) shall                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Physical Access Controls Physical
                                                               reside within an identified — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall document and                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                        R4.                          implement the operational and                   Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               procedural controls to manage physical                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               access at all access Accessto the
                                                               Monitoring Physical points — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall document and                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                        R5.                          implement the technical and procedural          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               controls for monitoring physical access                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               at all access points to the — Logging
                                                               Logging Physical Access Physical
                                                               shall record sufficient information to                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                        R6.                          uniquely identify individuals and the           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               time of access twenty-four hours a day,                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               seven days a week. The Responsible
                                                               Access Log Retention — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall retain physical                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                        R7.                          access logs for at least ninety calendar        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               days. Logs related to reportable                              TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               incidents shall be kept in accordance
                                                               Maintenance and Testing — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall implement a                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                        R8.                          maintenance and testing program to              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               ensure that all physical security                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               systems under Requirements R4, R5,
                                                               Testing and maintenance of all physical                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                      R8.1.          security mechanisms on a cycle no               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               longer than three years.                                      TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Retention of testing and maintenance                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-006-3c                                      R8.2.          records for the cycle determined by the         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               Responsible Entity in Requirement R8.1.                       TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Retention of outage records regarding
                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               access controls, logging, and
CIP-006-3c                                      R8.3.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               monitoring for a minimum of one
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               calendar year.
                                                               Test Procedures — The Responsible
                                                               Entity shall ensure that new Cyber                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R1.                          Assets and significant changes to               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               existing Cyber Assets within the                              TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Electronic Security Perimeter do not
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall create,
                                                               implement, and maintain cyber security                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R1.1.          test procedures in a manner that                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               minimizes adverse effects on the                              TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               production system or its operation.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall document                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R1.2.          that testing is performed in a manner           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               that reflects the production environment.                     TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall document
CIP-007-3                                       R1.3.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               test results.
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Ports and Services — The Responsible
                                                               Entity shall establish, document and                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R2.                          implement a process to ensure that only         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               those ports and services required for                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               normal and emergency operations are
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall enable                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R2.1.          only those ports and services required          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               for normal and emergency operations.                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall disable
                                                               other ports and services, including                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R2.2.          those used for testing purposes, prior to       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               production use of all Cyber Assets                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               In the the where unused ports
                                                               insidecaseElectronic Security and
                                                               services cannot be disabled due to                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R2.3.          technical limitations, the Responsible          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Entity shall document compensating                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               measure(s) applied to mitigate risk
                                                               Security Patch Management — The
                                                               Responsible Entity, either separately or                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R3.                          as a component of the documented                Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               configuration management process                              TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               specified in CIP-003-3 Requirement R6,
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall document
                                                               the assessment of security patches and                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R3.1.          security upgrades for applicability             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               within thirty calendar days of                                TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible patches or document
                                                               availability of the Entity shall upgrades.
                                                               the implementation of security patches.                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R3.2.          In any case where the patch is not              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               installed, the Responsible Entity shall                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Malicious compensating measure(s)
                                                               document Software Prevention — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall use anti-virus                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R4.                          software and other malicious software           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               (―malware‖) prevention tools, where                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               technically feasible, to detect, prevent,
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall document
                                                               and implement anti-virus and malware                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R4.1.          prevention tools. In the case where anti-       Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               virus software and malware prevention                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               tools are not installed, the Responsible
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall document
                                                               and implement a process for the update                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R4.2.          of anti-virus and malware prevention            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               ―signatures.‖ The process must                                TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               address testing and installing the
                                                               Account Management — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall establish,                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R5.                          implement, and document technical and           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               procedural controls that enforce access                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               authentication of, and accountability




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 22 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall ensure
                                                               that individual and shared system                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.1.          accounts and authorized access                  Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               permissions are consistent with the                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible to know‖ with respect
                                                               concept of ―need Entity shall ensure
                                                               that user accounts are implemented as                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.1.1.        approved by designated personnel.               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Refer to Standard CIP-003-3                                   TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Requirement R5.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall establish
                                                               methods, processes, and procedures                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.1.2.        that generate logs of sufficient detail to      Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               create historical audit trails of                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible Entity access activity
                                                               individual user account shall review, at
                                                               least annually, user accounts to verify                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.1.3.        access privileges are in accordance             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               with Standard CIP-003-3 Requirement                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               R5 and Standard CIP-004-3 Requirement
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall implement
                                                               a policy to minimize and manage the                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.2.          scope and acceptable use of                     Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               administrator, shared, and other generic                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               account privileges includingremoval,
                                                               The policy shall include the factory
                                                               disabling, or renaming of such accounts                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.2.1.        where possible. For such accounts that          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               must remain enabled, passwords shall                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               be changed prior to putting any system
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall identify                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.2.2.        those individuals with access to shared         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               accounts.                                                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Where such accounts must be shared,
                                                               the Responsible Entity shall have a                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.2.3.        policy for managing the use of such             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               accounts that limits access to only                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               those with authorization, an audit trail
                                                               At a minimum, the Responsible Entity
                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               shall require and use passwords,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.3.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               subject to the following, as technically
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               feasible:

                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               Each password shall be a minimum of
CIP-007-3                                       R5.3.1.                                                        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               six characters.
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Each password shall consist of a                              BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.3.2.        combination of alpha, numeric, and              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               ―special‖ characters.                                         TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Each password shall be changed at                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R5.3.3.        least annually, or more frequently based        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               on risk.                                                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Security Status Monitoring — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall ensure that all                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R6.                          Cyber Assets within the Electronic              Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Security Perimeter, as technically                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               feasible, implement automated tools or
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall implement
                                                               and document the organizational                               BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R6.1.          processes and technical and procedural          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               mechanisms for monitoring for security                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               events on all Cyber Assets within the
                                                               The security monitoring controls shall                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R6.2.          issue automated or manual alerts for            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               detected Cyber Security Incidents.                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall maintain
                                                               logs of system events related to cyber                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R6.3.          security, where technically feasible, to        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               support incident response as required                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               in Standard CIP-008-3.
                                                               The Responsible Entity shall retain all                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R6.4.          logs specified in Requirement R6 for            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               ninety calendar days.                                         TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               The Responsible Entity shall review
                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               logs of system events related to cyber
CIP-007-3                                       R6.5.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               security and maintain records
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               documenting review of logs.
                                                               Disposal or Redeployment — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall establish and                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R7.                          implement formal methods, processes,            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               and procedures for disposal or                                TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               redeployment of Cyber Assets withinthe
                                                               Prior to the disposal of such assets,
                                                               Responsible Entity shall destroy or                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R7.1.          erase the data storage media to prevent         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               unauthorized retrieval of sensitive cyber                     TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Prior to or reliability of such assets,
                                                               securityredeploymentdata.
                                                               the Responsible Entity shall, at a                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R7.2.          minimum, erase the data storage media           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               to prevent unauthorized retrieval of                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               sensitive cyber securityshall maintain
                                                               The Responsible Entity or reliability
                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               records that such assets were disposed
CIP-007-3                                       R7.3.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               of or redeployed in accordance with
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               documented procedures.
                                                               Cyber Vulnerability Assessment — The
                                                               Responsible Entity shall perform a                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R8.                          cyber vulnerability assessment of all           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Cyber Assets within the Electronic                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Security Perimeter at least annually.
                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               A document identifying the vulnerability
CIP-007-3                                       R8.1.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               assessment process;
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               A review to verify that only ports and
                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               services required for operation of the
CIP-007-3                                       R8.2.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Cyber Assets within the Electronic
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Security Perimeter are enabled;

                                                                                                                             BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               A review of controls for default
CIP-007-3                                       R8.3.                                                          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               accounts; and,
                                                                                                                             TOP, TSP, NERC




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 23 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                    2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                              Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement                 Text of Requirement                                               Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                     Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                         - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                               Documentation of the results of the
                                                               assessment, the action plan to                               BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                                       R8.4.          remediate or mitigate vulnerabilities          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               identified in the assessment, and the                        TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Documentation Review action plan.
                                                               execution status of thatand
                                                               Maintenance — The Responsible Entity                         BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-007-3                         R9.                          shall review and update the                    Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               documentation specified in Standard                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               CIP-007-3 at least annually. Changes
                                                               Cyber Security Incident Response Plan
                                                               — The Responsible Entity shall develop                       BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                         R1.                          and maintain a Cyber Security Incident         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               response plan and implement the plan                         TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               in response to Cyber Security Incidents.
                                                               Procedures to characterize and classify                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                                       R1.1.          events as reportable Cyber Security            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Incidents.                                                   TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Response actions, including roles and
                                                               responsibilities of Cyber Security                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                                       R1.2.          Incident response teams, Cyber                 Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Security Incident handling procedures,                       TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               and communication plans. Security
                                                               Process for reporting Cyber
                                                               Incidents to the Electricity Sector                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                                       R1.3.          Information Sharing and Analysis               Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Center (ES-ISAC). The Responsible                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Entity must ensure that all reportable
                                                               Process for updating the Cyber Security                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                                       R1.4.          Incident response plan within thirty           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               calendar days of any changes.                                TOP, TSP, NERC

                                                               Process for ensuring that the Cyber                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                                       R1.5.          Security Incident response plan is             Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               reviewed at least annually.                                  TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Process for ensuring the Cyber Security
                                                               Incident response plan is tested at least                    BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                                       R1.6.          annually. A test of the Cyber Security         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               Incident response plan can range from a                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               paper Security full operational
                                                               Cyber drill, to a Incident Documentation
                                                               — The Responsible Entity shall keep                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-008-3                         R2.                          relevant documentation related to Cyber        Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               Security Incidents reportable per                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Recovery Plans — for three calendar
                                                               Requirement R1.1 The Responsible
                                                               Entity shall create and annually review                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-009-3                         R1.                          recovery plan(s) for Critical Cyber            Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               Assets. The recovery plan(s) shall                           TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               address at required actions in
                                                               Specify thea minimum the following:
                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               response to events or conditions of
CIP-009-3                                       R1.1.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               varying duration and severity that would
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               activate the recovery plan(s).

                                                                                                                            BA, GO, GOP, IA,
                                                               Define the roles and responsibilities of
CIP-009-3                                       R1.2.                                                         Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               responders.
                                                                                                                            TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Exercises — The recovery plan(s) shall
                                                               be exercised at least annually. An                           BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-009-3                         R2.                          exercise of the recovery plan(s) can           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               range from a paper drill, to a full                          TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               operational exercise, to recovery from
                                                               Change Control — Recovery plan(s)
                                                               shall be updated to reflect any changes                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-009-3                         R3.                          or lessons learned as a result of an           Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                                     x                         A
                                                               exercise or the recovery from an actual                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               Backup and Restore — be
                                                               incident. Updates shall The recovery
                                                               plan(s) shall include processes and                          BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-009-3                         R4.                          procedures for the backup and storage          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                               of information required to successfully                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               restore Critical Cyber Assets. For
                                                               Testing Backup Media — Information
                                                               essential to recovery that is stored on                      BA, GO, GOP, IA,
CIP-009-3                         R5.                          backup media shall be tested at least          Pending       LSE, RC, RE, TO,                       x                                       A
                                                               annually to ensure that the information                      TOP, TSP, NERC
                                                               is available. Testing can be completed

                                                               COMMUNICATIONS


                                                               Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                               Transmission Operator, and Balancing
                                                               Authority shall provide adequate and
COM-001-1.1                       R1.                                                                          HIGH           BA, RC, TOP           x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               reliable telecommunications facilities
                                                               for the exchange of Interconnection and
                                                               operating information:


COM-001-1.1                                     R1.1.          Internally.                                     HIGH           BA, RC, TOP           x                                                      A                                                                                    X


                                                               Between the Reliability Coordinator and
COM-001-1.1                                     R1.2.          its Transmission Operators and                  HIGH           BA, RC, TOP           x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Balancing Authorities.

                                                               With other Reliability Coordinators,
                                                               Transmission Operators, and Balancing
COM-001-1.1                                     R1.3.                                                          HIGH           BA, RC, TOP           x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               Authorities as necessary to maintain
                                                               reliability.

                                                               Where applicable, these facilities shall
COM-001-1.1                                     R1.4.                                                          HIGH           BA, RC, TOP           x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               be redundant and diversely routed.

                                                               Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                               Transmission Operator, and Balancing
                                                               Authority shall manage, alarm, test
                                                               and/or actively monitor vital
COM-001-1.1                       R2.                          telecommunications facilities. Special         MEDIUM          BA, RC, TOP           x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                               attention shall be given to emergency
                                                               telecommunications facilities and
                                                               equipment not used for routine
                                                               communications.




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                            fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 24 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                  2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk     Functions                                                         Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor         Monitored                                                         Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                       - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Annual (A)       Annual (A)

                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator and Balancing
                                                           Authority shall provide a means to
                                                           coordinate telecommunications among
COM-001-1.1                   R3.                          their respective areas. This                   LOWER          BA, RC, TOP                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           coordination shall include the ability to
                                                           investigate and recommend solutions to
                                                           telecommunications problems within
                                                           the area and with other areas.



                                                           Unless agreed to otherwise, each
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, Transmission
                                                           Operator, and Balancing Authority shall
                                                           use English as the language for all
                                                           communications between and among
                                                           operating personnel responsible for the
COM-001-1.1                   R4.                                                                         MEDIUM         BA, RC, TOP                                       x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           real-time generation control and
                                                           operation of the interconnected Bulk
                                                           Electric System. Transmission
                                                           Operators and Balancing Authorities
                                                           may use an alternate language for
                                                           internal operations.


                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, and Balancing
                                                           Authority shall have written operating
COM-001-1.1                   R5.                          instructions and procedures to enable          LOWER          BA, RC, TOP                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           continued operation of the system
                                                           during the loss of telecommunications
                                                           facilities.

                                                           Each NERCNet User Organization shall
                                                           adhere to the requirements in
COM-001-1.1                   R6.                                                                         LOWER         NERC_Net Users                                     x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           Attachment 1-COM-001-0, ―NERCNet
                                                           Security Policy.‖

                                                           Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, and Generator Operator shall
                                                           have communications (voice and data
                                                           links) with appropriate Reliability
COM-002-2                     R1.                          Coordinators, Balancing Authorities,            HIGH          BA, GOP, TOP                                      x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           and Transmission Operators. Such
                                                           communications shall be staffed and
                                                           available for addressing a real-time
                                                           emergency condition.


                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall notify its
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, and all other
                                                           potentially affected Balancing
COM-002-2                                   R1.1.          Authorities and Transmission Operators          HIGH            BA, TOP                                         x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           through predetermined communication
                                                           paths of any condition that could
                                                           threaten the reliability of its area or
                                                           when firm load shedding is anticipated.

                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, and Balancing
COM-002-2                     R2.                          Authority shall issue directives in a          MEDIUM         BA, RC, TOP          x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           clear, concise, and definitive manner;
                                                           shall ensure the recipient of the
                                                           EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS AND
                                                           OPERATIONS

                                                           Balancing Authorities shall have
                                                           operating agreements with adjacent
EOP-001-0                     R1.                          Balancing Authorities that shall, at a          HIGH              BA                                            x
                                                           minimum, contain provisions for
                                                           emergency assistance, including
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall have
                                                           an emergency load reduction plan for all
                                                           identified IROLs. The plan shall include
                                                           the details on how the Transmission
                                                           Operator will implement load reduction
EOP-001-0                     R2.                          in sufficient amount and time to               MEDIUM             TOP                             x                                                                                                                            X
                                                           mitigate the IROL violation before
                                                           system separation or collapse would
                                                           occur. The load reduction plan must be
                                                           capable of being implemented within 30
                                                           minutes.


                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
EOP-001-0                     R3.                                                                         MEDIUM           BA, TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Balancing Authority shall:

                                                           Develop, maintain, and implement a set
                                                           of plans to mitigate operating
EOP-001-0                                   R3.1.                                                         MEDIUM           BA, TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           emergencies for insufficient generating
                                                           capacity.
                                                           Develop, maintain, and implement a set
                                                           of plans to mitigate operating
EOP-001-0                                   R3.2.                                                         MEDIUM           BA, TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           emergencies on the transmission
                                                           system.

                                                           Develop, maintain, and implement a set
EOP-001-0                                   R3.3.                                                         MEDIUM           BA, TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           of plans for load shedding.


                                                           Develop, maintain, and implement a set
EOP-001-0                                   R3.4.                                                         MEDIUM           BA, TOP            x                                                      A
                                                           of plans for system restoration.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall have
EOP-001-0                     R4.                          emergency plans that will enable it to         MEDIUM           BA, TOP                           x
                                                           mitigate operating emergencies. At a
                                                           minimum, Transmission Operator and




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                          fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 25 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)

                                                           Communications protocols to be used
EOP-001-0                                   R4.1.                                                          MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x
                                                           during emergencies.

                                                           A list of controlling actions to resolve
                                                           the emergency. Load reduction, in
EOP-001-0                                   R4.2.          sufficient quantity to resolve the              MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x
                                                           emergency within NERC-established
                                                           timelines, shall be one of the controlling
                                                           The tasks to be coordinated with and
EOP-001-0                                   R4.3.          among adjacent Transmission                     MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x
                                                           Operators and Balancing Authorities.


EOP-001-0                                   R4.4.          Staffing levels for the emergency.              MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x


                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall include the
EOP-001-0                     R5.                          applicable elements in Attachment 1-            MEDIUM        BA, TOP                                       x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           EOP-001-0 when developing an
                                                           emergency plan. Operator and
                                                           The Transmission
                                                           Balancing Authority shall annually
EOP-001-0                     R6.                          review and update each emergency                MEDIUM        BA, TOP                                       x
                                                           plan. The Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall provide a
                                                           The Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall coordinate its
EOP-001-0                     R7.                          emergency plans with other                      MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x
                                                           Transmission Operators and Balancing
                                                           Authorities as appropriate. and
                                                           The Transmission Operator This
                                                           Balancing Authority shall establish and
EOP-001-0                                   R7.1.                                                          MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x
                                                           maintain reliable communications
                                                           between interconnected systems.
                                                           The Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall arrange new
EOP-001-0                                   R7.2.          interchange agreements to provide for           MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x
                                                           emergency capacity or energy transfers
                                                           if existing agreements cannot be
                                                           The Transmission Operator and used.
                                                           Balancing Authority shall coordinate
EOP-001-0                                   R7.3.          transmission and generator                      MEDIUM        BA, TOP          x
                                                           maintenance schedules to maximize
                                                           capacity or conserve the fuel in
                                                           The Transmission Operator and short
                                                           Balancing Authority shall arrange
EOP-001-0                                   R7.4.          deliveries of electrical energy or fuel         MEDIUM        BA, TOP          x
                                                           from remote systems through normal
                                                           operating channels.
                                                           Each Balancing Authority and Reliability
                                                           Coordinator shall have the
EOP-002-3                     R1.                          responsibility and clear decision-               HIGH          BA, RC                                       x
                                                           making authority to take whatever
                                                           actions are needed to ensure the
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall, when
                                                           required and as appropriate, take one or
EOP-002-3                     R2.                          more actions as described in its                 HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           capacity and energy emergency plan, ,
                                                           to reduce risks to the that is
                                                           A Balancing Authorityinterconnected
                                                           experiencing an operating capacity or
EOP-002-3                     R3.                          energy emergency shall communicate               HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           its current and future system conditions
                                                           to Balancing Authority anticipating an
                                                           A its Reliability Coordinator and
                                                           operating capacity or energy emergency
EOP-002-3                     R4.                          shall perform all actions necessary              HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           including bringing on all available
                                                           A deficient postponing equipment
                                                           generation, Balancing Authority shall
                                                           only use the assistance provided by the
EOP-002-3                     R5.                          Interconnection’s frequency bias for the         HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           time needed to implement corrective
                                                           actions. The Balancing Authority shall
                                                           If the Balancing Authority cannot
                                                           comply with the Control Performance
EOP-002-3                     R6.                          and Disturbance Control Standards,               HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           then it shall immediately implement
                                                           remedies to do so. These remedies
                                                           Loading all available generating
EOP-002-3                                   R6.1.                                                           HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           capacity.


                                                           Deploying all available operating
EOP-002-3                                   R6.2.                                                           HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           reserve.


                                                           Interrupting interruptible load and
EOP-002-3                                   R6.3.                                                           HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           exports.


                                                           Requesting emergency assistance from
EOP-002-3                                   R6.4.                                                           HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           other Balancing Authorities.


                                                           Declaring an Energy Emergency through
EOP-002-3                                   R6.5.                                                           HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           its Reliability Coordinator; and

                                                           Reducing load, through procedures
                                                           such as public appeals, voltage
EOP-002-3                                   R6.6.                                                           HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           reductions, curtailing interruptible
                                                           loads and firm loads.
                                                           Once the Balancing Authority has
                                                           exhausted the steps listed in
EOP-002-3                     R7.                          Requirement 6, or if these steps cannot          HIGH            BA            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           be completed in sufficient time to
                                                           resolve the emergency condition, the
                                                           Manually shed firm load without delay
EOP-002-3                                   R7.1.                                                           HIGH            BA            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           to return its ACE to zero; and

                                                           Request the Reliability Coordinator to
                                                           declare an Energy Emergency Alert in
EOP-002-3                                   R7.2.                                                           HIGH            BA            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           accordance with Attachment 1-EOP-002-
                                                           0 ―Energy Emergency Alert Levels.‖




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 26 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                  2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk     Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor         Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                       - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           A Reliability Coordinator that has any
                                                           Balancing Authority within its
EOP-002-3                     R8.                          Reliability Coordinator area                     HIGH              RC              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           experiencing a potential or actual
                                                           Energy Emergency shall initiate an
                                                           When a Transmission Service Provider
                                                           expects to elevate the transmission
EOP-002-3                     R9.                          service priority of an Interchange               HIGH            LSE, RC                                        x
                                                           Transaction from Priority 6 (Network
                                                           Integration Transmission Service shall
                                                           The deficient Load-Serving Entity from
                                                           request its Reliability Coordinator to
EOP-002-3                                   R9.1.          initiate an Energy Emergency Alert in            HIGH             LSE                                           x
                                                           accordance with Attachment 1-EOP-002-
                                                           0. Reliability Coordinator shall submit
                                                           The
                                                           the report to NERC for posting on the
EOP-002-3                                   R9.2.          NERC Website, noting the expected                HIGH              RC                                           x                                                                                  ER
                                                           total MW that may have its transmission
                                                           The Reliability changed.
                                                           service priorityCoordinator shall use
                                                           EEA 1 to forecast the change of the
EOP-002-3                                   R9.3.          priority of transmission service of an          LOWER              RC                                           x                                                                                  ER
                                                           Interchange Transaction on the system
                                                           fromReliability to Priority 7. shall use
                                                           The Priority 6 Coordinator
                                                           EEA 2 to announce the change of the
EOP-002-3                                   R9.4.          priority of transmission service of an          LOWER              RC                                           x                                                                                  ER
                                                           Interchange Transaction on the system
                                                           from Priority 6 to Priority 7.
                                                           After taking all other remedial steps, a
                                                           Transmission Operator or Balancing
                                                           Authority operating with insufficient
                                                           generation or transmission capacity
EOP-003-1                     R1.                                                                           HIGH            BA, TOP                          x
                                                           shall shed customer load rather than
                                                           risk an uncontrolled failure of
                                                           components or cascading outages of
                                                           the Interconnection.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall establish
EOP-003-1                     R2.                          plans for automatic load shedding for            HIGH            BA, TOP                                        x                                                                                                              X
                                                           underfrequency or undervoltage
                                                           conditions.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall coordinate
EOP-003-1                     R3.                          load shedding plans among other                  HIGH            BA, TOP                                        x                                                                                                              X
                                                           interconnected Transmission Operators
                                                           and Balancing Authorities.


                                                           A Transmission Operator or Balancing
                                                           Authority shall consider one or more of
                                                           these factors in designing an automatic
EOP-003-1                     R4.                                                                           HIGH            BA, TOP                                        x                                                                                                              X
                                                           load shedding scheme: frequency, rate
                                                           of frequency decay, voltage level, rate
                                                           of voltage decay, or power flow levels.

                                                           A Transmission Operator or Balancing
                                                           Authority shall implement load
EOP-003-1                     R5.                          shedding in steps established to                 HIGH            BA, TOP                                        x
                                                           minimize the risk of further
                                                           uncontrolled separation, loss of
                                                           After a Transmission Operator or
                                                           Balancing Authority Area separates
EOP-003-1                     R6.                          from the Interconnection, if there is            HIGH            BA, TOP                                        x
                                                           insufficient generating capacity to
                                                           restore system frequency following
                                                           The Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall coordinate
EOP-003-1                     R7.                          automatic load shedding throughout               HIGH            BA, TOP                                        x
                                                           their areas with underfrequency
                                                           isolation of generating units, tripping of
                                                           shunt capacitors, and other automatic
                                                           Each Transmission Operator or
                                                           Balancing Authority shall have plans for
EOP-003-1                     R8.                          operator-controlled manual load                  HIGH            BA, TOP                          x                                                                                                                            X
                                                           shedding to respond to real-time
                                                           emergencies. The Transmission
                                                           Each Regional Reliability Organization
                                                           shall establish and maintain a Regional
EOP-004-1                     R1.                          reporting procedure to facilitate               LOWER             RRO                                           x
                                                           preparation of preliminary and final
                                                           A Reliability reports.
                                                           disturbance Coordinator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, Transmission Operator,                             BA, GOP, LSE,
EOP-004-1                     R2.                          Generator Operator or Load-Serving              MEDIUM                                                          x
                                                                                                                            RC, TOP
                                                           Entity shall promptly analyze Bulk
                                                           Electric System disturbances on its
                                                           A Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, Transmission Operator,                             BA, GOP, LSE,
EOP-004-1                     R3.                          Generator Operator or Load-Serving              LOWER                              x                                                                                                               ER
                                                                                                                            RC, TOP
                                                           Entity experiencing a reportable
                                                           incident shall provide a preliminary
                                                           The affected Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Balancing Authority, Transmission                             BA, GOP, LSE,
EOP-004-1                                   R3.1.          Operator, Generator Operator or Load-           LOWER                                                           x                                                                                  ER
                                                                                                                            RC, TOP
                                                           Serving Entity shall submit within 24
                                                           hours of the disturbance or unusual
                                                           Applicable reporting forms are provided        No VRF         BA, GOP, LSE,
EOP-004-1                                   R3.2.                                                                                                                          x
                                                           in Attachments 022-1 and 022-2.                Assigned          RC, TOP

                                                           Under certain adverse conditions, e.g.,
                                                           severe weather, it may not be possible                        BA, GOP, LSE,
EOP-004-1                                   R3.3.          to assess the damage caused by a                LOWER                                                           x                                                                                  ER
                                                                                                                            RC, TOP
                                                           disturbance and issue a written
                                                           Interconnection Reliability Operating
                                                           If, in the judgment of the Regional
                                                           Reliability Organization, after
                                                           consultation with the Reliability
                                                           Coordinator, Balancing Authority,                             BA, GOP, LSE,
EOP-004-1                                   R3.4.                                                          LOWER                              x
                                                           Transmission Operator, Generator                                 RC, TOP
                                                           Operator, or Load-Serving Entity in
                                                           which a disturbance occurred, a final
                                                           report is required, the affected
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
                                                           When a Bulk Electric System
                                                           disturbance occurs, the Regional
EOP-004-1                     R4.                          Reliability Organization shall make its         LOWER             RRO                                           x                                                                                  ER
                                                           representatives on the NERC Operating
                                                           Committee and Disturbance Analysis




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                          fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 27 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Regional Reliability Organization
                                                           shall track and review the status of all
EOP-004-1                     R5.                          final report recommendations at least           LOWER           RRO                                         x                                                                                  ER
                                                           twice each year to ensure they are being
                                                           acted upon in a timely manner. If any
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall have
                                                           a restoration plan to reestablish its
                                                           electric system in a stable and orderly
                                                           manner in the event of a partial or total
                                                           shutdown of its system, including
                                                           necessary operating instructions and
EOP-005-1                     R1.                          procedures to cover emergency                   MEDIUM          TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           conditions, and the loss of vital
                                                           telecommunications channels. Each
                                                           Transmission Operator shall include the
                                                           applicable elements listed in
                                                           Attachment 1-EOP-005 in developing a
                                                           restoration plan.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           review and update its restoration plan at
EOP-005-1                     R2.                          least annually and whenever it makes            MEDIUM          TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           changes in the power system network,
                                                           and shall correct deficiencies found
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           develop restoration plans with a priority
EOP-005-1                     R3.                                                                          MEDIUM          TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           of restoring the integrity of the
                                                           Interconnection.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           coordinate its restoration plans with the
EOP-005-1                     R4.                          Generator Owners and Balancing                  MEDIUM          TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Authorities within its area, its
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, and neighboring
                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall periodically
EOP-005-1                     R5.                          test its telecommunication facilities           MEDIUM        BA, TOP                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           needed to implement the restoration
                                                           plan. Transmission Operator and
                                                           Each
                                                           Balancing Authority shall train its
EOP-005-1                     R6.                          operating personnel in the                       HIGH         BA, TOP          x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           implementation of the restoration plan.
                                                           Each Transmission include simulated
                                                           Such training shall Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall verify the
EOP-005-1                     R7.                                                                           HIGH         BA, TOP                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           restoration procedure by actual testing
                                                           or by simulation.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall verify
                                                           that the number, size, availability, and
EOP-005-1                     R8.                          location of system blackstart generating         HIGH           TOP                           x                                       A
                                                           units are sufficient to meet Regional
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall plan
                                                           Reliability Organization restoration
                                                           document the Cranking Paths, including
EOP-005-1                     R9.                          initial switching requirements, between         MEDIUM          TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           each blackstart generating unit and the
                                                           unit(s) to be started and shall provide
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
                                                           demonstrate, through simulation or
EOP-005-1                     R10.                         testing, that the blackstart generating         MEDIUM          TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           units in its restoration plan can perform
                                                           their intended functions as required in
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
EOP-005-1                                   R10.1.         perform this simulation or testing at           MEDIUM          TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           least once every five years.
                                                           Following a disturbance in which one or
                                                           more areas of the Bulk Electric System
EOP-005-1                     R11.                         become isolated or blacked out, the              HIGH         BA, TOP                                       x
                                                           affected Transmission Operators and
                                                           Balancing Authorities shall begin
                                                           The affected Transmission Operators
                                                           and Balancing Authorities shall work in
EOP-005-1                                   R11.1.         conjunction with their Reliability              MEDIUM        BA, TOP                                       x
                                                           Coordinator(s) to determine the extent
                                                           and condition of the isolated area(s).
                                                           The affected Transmission Operators
                                                           and Balancing Authorities shall take the
EOP-005-1                                   R11.2.         necessary actions to restore Bulk                HIGH         BA, TOP                                       x
                                                           Electric System frequency to normal,
                                                           including adjusting generation, placing
                                                           The affected Balancing Authorities,
                                                           working with their Reliability
EOP-005-1                                   R11.3.         Coordinator(s), shall immediately                HIGH            BA                                         x
                                                           review the Interchange Schedules
                                                           between those Balancing Authority
                                                           The affected Transmission Operators
EOP-005-1                                   R11.4.         shall give high priority to restoration of       HIGH           TOP            x
                                                           off-site power to nuclear stations.

                                                           The affected Transmission Operators
                                                           may resynchronize the isolated area(s)
EOP-005-1                                   R11.5.                                                         MEDIUM          TOP                                         x
                                                           with the surrounding area(s) when the
                                                           following conditions are met:

                                                           Voltage, frequency, and phase angle
EOP-005-1                                   R11.5.1.                                                        HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                           permit.

                                                           The size of the area being reconnected
                                                           and the capacity of the transmission
EOP-005-1                                   R11.5.2.       lines effecting the reconnection and the         HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                           number of synchronizing points across
                                                           the system are considered.
                                                           Reliability Coordinator(s) and adjacent
EOP-005-1                                   R11.5.3.       areas are notified and Reliability              MEDIUM          TOP                                         x
                                                           Coordinator approval is given.

                                                           Load is shed in neighboring areas, if
EOP-005-1                                   R11.5.4.       required, to permit successful                   HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                           interconnected system restoration.
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator shall be
                                                           aware of the restoration plan of each
EOP-006-1                     R1.                          Transmission Operator in its Reliability        MEDIUM           RC                                         x
                                                           Coordinator Area in accordance with
                                                           NERC and regional requirements.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
EOP-006-1                     R2.                          monitor restoration progress and                 HIGH            RC            x
                                                           coordinate any needed assistance.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 28 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                               2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                              Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                    - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall have a
                                                           Reliability Coordinator Area restoration
EOP-006-1                     R3.                          plan that provides coordination between        MEDIUM            RC                            x
                                                           individual Transmission Operator
                                                           restoration plans and that ensures
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall serve
                                                           as the primary contact for
EOP-006-1                     R4.                          disseminating information regarding            MEDIUM            RC                                          x
                                                           restoration to neighboring Reliability
                                                           Coordinators and Transmission
                                                           Reliability Coordinators shall approve,
                                                           communicate, and coordinate the re-
EOP-006-1                     R5.                          synchronizing of major system islands           HIGH             RC             x
                                                           or synchronizing points so as not to
                                                           cause a Burden on adjacentshall take
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator
                                                           actions to restore normal operations
EOP-006-1                     R6.                          once an operating emergency has been           MEDIUM            RC                                          x
                                                           mitigated in accordance with its
                                                           restoration plan.Coordinator,
                                                           Each Reliability
                                                           Transmission Operator and Balancing
EOP-008-0                     R1.                          Authority shall have a plan to continue         HIGH         BA, RC, TOP        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           reliability operations in the event its
                                                           control center becomes inoperable. The
                                                           The contingency plan shall not rely on
EOP-008-0                                   R1.1.          data or voice communication from the           MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP        x                                                                                                                                           X
                                                           primary control facility to be viable.
                                                           The plan shall include procedures and
                                                           responsibilities for providing basic tie
EOP-008-0                                   R1.2.          line control and procedures and for            MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           maintaining the status of all inter-area
                                                           schedules, such that there is an hourly
                                                           accounting of all schedules.
                                                           The contingency plan must address
                                                           monitoring and control of critical
EOP-008-0                                   R1.3.          transmission facilities, generation            MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           control, voltage control, time and
                                                           frequency control, control of critical
                                                           The plan shall include procedures and
                                                           responsibilities for maintaining basic
EOP-008-0                                   R1.4.                                                          HIGH         BA, RC, TOP                       x                                                                                                                            X
                                                           voice communication capabilities with
                                                           other areas.
                                                           The plan shall include procedures and
                                                           responsibilities for conducting periodic
EOP-008-0                                   R1.5.                                                         MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           tests, at least annually, to ensure
                                                           viability of the plan.
                                                           The plan shall include procedures and
                                                           responsibilities for providing annual
EOP-008-0                                   R1.6.          training to ensure that operating              MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           personnel are able to implement the
                                                           contingency plans.
                                                           The plan shall be reviewed and updated
EOP-008-0                                   R1.7.                                                         MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           annually.


                                                           Interim provisions must be included if it
                                                           is expected to take more than one hour
EOP-008-0                                   R1.8.                                                         MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           to implement the contingency plan for
                                                           loss of primary control facility.
                                                           The Generator Operator of each
                                                           blackstart generating unit shall test the
EOP-009-0                     R1.                          startup and operation of each system           MEDIUM           GOP
                                                           blackstart generating unit identified in
                                                           the BCP as required in the Regional BCP
                                                           The Generator Owner or Generator
                                                           Operator shall provide documentation
EOP-009-0                     R2.                          of the test results of the startup and         LOWER          GO, GOP                                                                                             A             A
                                                           operation of each blackstart generating
                                                           unit to the Regional Reliability
                                                           FACILITIES DESIGN, CONNECTIONS
                                                           AND MAINTENANCE

                                                           The Transmission Owner shall
                                                           document, maintain, and publish facility
FAC-001-0                     R1.                          connection requirements to ensure              MEDIUM            TO                                          x
                                                           compliance with NERC Reliability
                                                           Standards and applicable Regional

FAC-001-0                                   R1.1.          Generation facilities,                         MEDIUM            TO                                          x




FAC-001-0                                   R1.2.          Transmission facilities, and                   MEDIUM            TO                                          x




FAC-001-0                                   R1.3.          End-user facilities                            MEDIUM            TO                                          x


                                                           The Transmission Owner’s facility
                                                           connection requirements shall address,
FAC-001-0                     R2.                                                                         MEDIUM            TO             x
                                                           but are not limited to, the following
                                                           items:
                                                           Provide a written summary of its plans
                                                           to achieve the required system
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.                                                         MEDIUM            TO             x
                                                           performance as described above
                                                           throughout the planning horizon:
                                                           Procedures for coordinated joint
                                                           studies of new facilities and their
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.1.                                                       MEDIUM            TO                                          x
                                                           impacts on the interconnected
                                                           transmission systems.
                                                           Procedures for notification of new or
                                                           modified facilities to others (those
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.2.        responsible for the reliability of the         MEDIUM            TO             x
                                                           interconnected transmission systems)
                                                           as soon as feasible.
                                                           Voltage level and MW and MVAR
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.3.        capacity or demand at point of                 MEDIUM            TO                                          x
                                                           connection.


FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.4.        Breaker duty and surge protection.             MEDIUM            TO                            x




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                       fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 29 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                   2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                             Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                  Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                    Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                        - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual (A)       Annual (A)


FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.5.        System protection and coordination.           MEDIUM              TO                x




FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.6.        Metering and telecommunications.              MEDIUM              TO                                             x




FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.7.        Grounding and safety issues.                  MEDIUM              TO                                             x




FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.8.        Insulation and insulation coordination.       MEDIUM              TO                                             x



                                                           Voltage, Reactive Power, and power
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.9.                                                      MEDIUM              TO                                             x
                                                           factor control.



FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.10.       Power quality impacts.                        MEDIUM              TO                                             x




FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.11.       Equipment Ratings.                            MEDIUM              TO                                             x




FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.12.       Synchronizing of facilities.                  MEDIUM              TO                                             x




FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.13.       Maintenance coordination.                     MEDIUM              TO                                             x



                                                           Operational issues (abnormal frequency
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.14.                                                     MEDIUM              TO                x
                                                           and voltages).


                                                           Inspection requirements for existing or
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.15.                                                     MEDIUM              TO                                             x
                                                           new facilities.


                                                           Communications and procedures during
FAC-001-0                                   R2.1.16.       normal and emergency operating                MEDIUM              TO                               x
                                                           conditions.
                                                           The Transmission Owner shall maintain
                                                           and update its facility connection
FAC-001-0                     R3.                          requirements as required. The                 MEDIUM              TO                                             x
                                                           Transmission Owner shall make
                                                           documentation of these requirements
                                                           The Generator Owner, Transmission
                                                           Owner, Distribution Provider, and Load-
FAC-002-1                     R1.                          Serving Entity seeking to integrate           MEDIUM        DP, GO, LSE, TO         x
                                                           generation facilities, transmission
                                                           facilities, and electricity end-user
                                                           Evaluation of the reliability impact of
                                                           the new facilities and their connections
FAC-002-1                                   R1.1.                                                        MEDIUM        DP, GO, LSE, TO                        x
                                                           on the interconnected transmission
                                                           systems.
                                                           Ensurance of compliance with NERC
                                                           Reliability Standards and applicable
FAC-002-1                                   R1.2.          Regional, subregional, Power Pool, and        MEDIUM        DP, GO, LSE, TO                        x
                                                           individual system planning criteria and
                                                           facility connection requirements. in the
                                                           Evidence that the parties involved
                                                           assessment have coordinated and
FAC-002-1                                   R1.3.          cooperated on the assessment of the           MEDIUM        DP, GO, LSE, TO         x
                                                           reliability impacts of new facilities on
                                                           the interconnected transmission
                                                           Evidence that the assessment included
                                                           steady-state, short-circuit, and
FAC-002-1                                   R1.4.          dynamics studies as necessary to              MEDIUM        DP, GO, LSE, TO                        x
                                                           evaluate system performance under
                                                           both normal and contingency conditions
                                                           Documentation that the assessment
                                                           included study assumptions, system
FAC-002-1                                   R1.5.          performance, alternatives considered,         MEDIUM        DP, GO, LSE, TO                        x
                                                           and jointly coordinated
                                                           recommendations.
                                                           The Planning Authority, Transmission
                                                           Planner, Generator Owner,                                   DP, GO, LSE, PA,
FAC-002-1                     R2.                          Transmission Owner, Load-Serving              LOWER                                                              x
                                                                                                                          PC, TO, TP
                                                           Entity, and Distribution Provider shall
                                                           each retain its documentation (of its
                                                           The Transmission owner shall prepare,
                                                           and keep current, a formal transmission
FAC-003-1                     R1.                          vegetation management (TVM). The               HIGH               TO                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           TVMP shall include the Transmission
                                                           Owner's objectives, practices, approved
                                                           The TVMP shall define a schedule for
                                                           and the type (aerial, ground) of ROW
FAC-003-1                                   R1.1.          vegetation inspections. This schedule          HIGH               TO                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           should be flexible enough to adjust for
                                                           The Transmission Owner, inspection
                                                           changing conditions. The in the TVMP,
                                                           shall identify and document clearances
FAC-003-1                                   R1.2.          between vegetation and any overhead,           HIGH               TO                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           ungrounded supply conductors, taking
                                                           into consideration transmission line
                                                           Clearance 1 — The Transmission Owner
                                                           shall determine and document
FAC-003-1                                   R1.2.1.        appropriate clearance distances to be          HIGH               TO                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           achieved at the time of transmission
                                                           vegetation 2 — The Transmission Owner
                                                           Clearance management work based
                                                           shall determine and document specific
FAC-003-1                                   R1.2.2.        radial clearances to be maintained             HIGH               TO                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           between vegetation and conductors
                                                           under all rated electrical operating
                                                           Where transmission system transient
                                                           overvoltage factors are not known,
FAC-003-1                                   R1.2.2.1.      clearances shall be derived from Table         HIGH               TO                x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           5, IEEE 516-2003, phase-to-ground
                                                           distances, with appropriate altitude




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                           fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 30 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                             2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                  - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Where transmission system transient
                                                           overvoltage factors are known,
FAC-003-1                                   R1.2.2.2.      clearances shall be derived from Table          HIGH            TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           7, IEEE 516-2003, phase-to-phase
                                                           voltages, withdirectly involved in the
                                                           All personnel appropriate altitude
                                                           design and implementation of the TVMP
FAC-003-1                                   R1.3.          shall hold appropriate qualifications           HIGH            TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           and training, as defined by the
                                                           Transmission Owner, to perform their
                                                           Each Transmission Owner shall develop
                                                           mitigation measures to achieve
FAC-003-1                                   R1.4.          sufficient clearances for the protection        HIGH            TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           of the transmission facilities when it
                                                           identifies locations on the ROW where
                                                           Each Transmission Owner shall
                                                           establish and document a process for
FAC-003-1                                   R1.5.          the immediate communication of                  HIGH            TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           vegetation conditions that present an
                                                           imminent threat of Owner shall create
                                                           The Transmission a transmission line
                                                           and implement an annual plan for
FAC-003-1                     R2.                          vegetation management work to ensure            HIGH            TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           the reliability of the system. The plan
                                                           shall describe the methods used, such
                                                           The Transmission Owner shall report
                                                           quarterly to its RRO, or the RRO’s
FAC-003-1                     R3.                          designee, sustained transmission line          LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           outages determined by the
                                                           Transmission Owner to have been
                                                           Multiple sustained outages on an
                                                           individual line, if caused by the same
FAC-003-1                                   R3.1.          vegetation, shall be reported as one           LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           outage regardless of the actual number
                                                           of outages within 24-hour not required
                                                           The TransmissionaOwner is period.
                                                           to report to the RRO, or the RRO’s
FAC-003-1                                   R3.2.          designee, certain sustained                    LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           transmission line outages caused by
                                                           vegetation: (1) Vegetation-related
                                                           The outage information provided by the
                                                           Transmission Owner to the RRO, or the
FAC-003-1                                   R3.3.          RRO’s designee, shall include at a             LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           minimum: the name of the circuit(s)
                                                           outaged, the date, time and duration of
                                                           An outage shall be categorized as one
FAC-003-1                                   R3.4.                                                         LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           of the following:

                                                           Category 1 — Grow-ins: Outages
                                                           caused by vegetation growing into lines
FAC-003-1                                   R3.4.1.                                                       LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           from vegetation inside and/or outside of
                                                           the ROW.

                                                           Category 2 — Fall-ins: Outages caused
FAC-003-1                                   R3.4.2.        by vegetation falling into lines from          LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           inside the ROW.

                                                           Category 3 — Fall-ins: Outages caused
FAC-003-1                                   R3.4.3.        by vegetation falling into lines from          LOWER            TO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           outside the ROW.
                                                           The RRO shall report the outage
                                                           information provided to it by
FAC-003-1                     R4.                          Transmission Owner’s, as required by           LOWER           RRO                                         x                                                    Q             Q
                                                           Requirement 3, quarterly to NERC, as
                                                           The as any actions taken by the RRO as
                                                           well Transmission Owner and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each document its current
FAC-008-1                     R1.                          methodology used for developing                LOWER          GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           Facility Ratings (Facility Ratings
                                                           Methodology) of its solely and jointly
                                                           A statement that a Facility Rating shall
                                                           equal the most limiting applicable
FAC-008-1                                   R1.1.                                                         MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           Equipment Rating of the individual
                                                           equipment that comprises that Facility.

                                                           The method by which the Rating (of
FAC-008-1                                   R1.2.          major BES equipment that comprises a           MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           Facility) is determined.
                                                           The scope of equipment addressed
                                                           shall include, but not be limited to,
FAC-008-1                                   R1.2.1.        generators, transmission conductors,           MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           transformers, relay protective devices,
                                                           terminal equipment, and series and
                                                           The scope of Ratings addressed shall
FAC-008-1                                   R1.2.2.        include, as a minimum, both Normal and         MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           Emergency Ratings.


FAC-008-1                                   R1.3.          Consideration of the following:                LOWER          GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X



                                                           Ratings provided by equipment
FAC-008-1                                   R1.3.1.                                                       MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           manufacturers.

                                                           Design criteria (e.g., including
                                                           applicable references to industry Rating
FAC-008-1                                   R1.3.2.                                                       MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           practices such as manufacturer’s
                                                           warranty, IEEE, ANSI or other standards).


FAC-008-1                                   R1.3.3.        Ambient conditions.                            MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X




FAC-008-1                                   R1.3.4.        Operating limitations.                         MEDIUM         GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X




FAC-008-1                                   R1.3.5.        Other assumptions.                             LOWER          GO, TO                         x                                       A                                                                                    X




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                     fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 31 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                               2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                                Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                       Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                    - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual (A)       Annual (A)

                                                           The Transmission Owner and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each make its Facility
                                                           Ratings Methodology available for
                                                           inspection and technical review by
                                                           those Reliability Coordinators,
FAC-008-1                     R2.                          Transmission Operators, Transmission             LOWER          GO, TO                                       x                                                                                                              X
                                                           Planners, and Planning Authorities that
                                                           have responsibility for the area in which
                                                           the associated Facilities are located,
                                                           within 15 business days of receipt of a
                                                           request.

                                                           If a Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, Transmission
FAC-008-1                     R3.                          Planner, or Planning Authority provides          LOWER          GO, TO                                       x
                                                           written comments on its technical
                                                           The Transmission Owner Owner’s or
                                                           review of a Transmission and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each establish Facility
FAC-009-1                     R1.                          Ratings for its solely and jointly owned         MEDIUM         GO, TO          x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Facilities that are consistent with the
                                                           associated Facility Ratings
                                                           The Transmission Owner and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each provide Facility
                                                           Ratings for its solely and jointly owned
                                                           Facilities that are existing Facilities,
                                                           new Facilities, modifications to existing
FAC-009-1                     R2.                          Facilities and re-ratings of existing            MEDIUM         GO, TO          x                                                                                                                                           X
                                                           Facilities to its associated Reliability
                                                           Coordinator(s), Planning Authority(ies),
                                                           Transmission Planner(s), and
                                                           Transmission Operator(s) as scheduled
                                                           by such requesting entities.

                                                           The Planning Authority shall have a
                                                           documented SOL Methodology for use
FAC-010-2.1                   R1.                          in developing SOLs within its Planning           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           Authority Area. This SOL Methodology
                                                           shall:
                                                           Be applicable for developing SOLs used
FAC-010-2.1                                 R1.1.                                                           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           in the planning horizon.


                                                           State that SOLs shall not exceed
FAC-010-2.1                                 R1.2.                                                           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           associated Facility Ratings.


                                                           Include a description of how to identify
FAC-010-2.1                                 R1.3.          the subset of SOLs that qualify as               LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           IROLs.
                                                           The Planning Authority’s SOL
                                                           Methodology shall include a                     No VRF
FAC-010-2.1                   R2.                          requirement that SOLs provide BES                               PA, PC
                                                                                                           Assigned
                                                           performance consistent with the
                                                           following:
                                                           In the pre-contingency state, the BES
                                                           shall demonstrate transient, dynamic
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.1.          and voltage stability; all Facilities shall       HIGH          PA, PC
                                                           be within their Facility Ratings and
                                                           within their thermal, voltage and
                                                           Following the single Contingencies1
                                                           identified in Requirement 2.2.1 through
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.2.          Requirement 2.2.3, the system shall               HIGH          PA, PC
                                                           demonstrate transient, dynamic and
                                                           voltageline to ground or three-phasebe
                                                           Single stability; all Facilities shall
                                                           Fault (whichever is more severe), with
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.2.1.        Normal Clearing, on any Faulted                  MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           generator, line, transformer, or shunt
                                                           device.
                                                           Loss of any generator, line, transformer,
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.2.2.                                                         MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           or shunt device without a Fault.


                                                           Single pole block, with Normal Clearing,
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.2.3.        in a monopolar or bipolar high voltage           MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           direct current system.

                                                           Starting with all Facilities in service,
                                                           the system’s response to a single
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.3.                                                           MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           Contingency, may include any of the
                                                           following:
                                                           Planned or controlled interruption of
                                                           electric supply to radial customers or
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.3.1.        some local network customers                     MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           connected to or supplied by the Faulted
                                                           Facility or by the affected area.
                                                           System reconfiguration through manual
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.3.2.        or automatic control or protection               MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           actions.
                                                           To prepare for the next Contingency,
                                                           system adjustments may be made,
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.4.          including changes to generation, uses            MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           of the transmission system, and the
                                                           Starting with system topology.
                                                           transmission all facilities in service and
                                                           following any of the multiple
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.5.          Contingencies identified in Reliability          MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           Standard TPL-003 the system shall
                                                           demonstrate transient, dynamic and to
                                                           In determining the system’s response
                                                           any of the multiple Contingencies,
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.6.          identified in Reliability Standard TPL-          MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           003, in addition to the actions identified
                                                           Planned or controlled interruption shall
                                                           in R2.3.1 and R2.3.2, the following of
                                                           electric supply to customers (load
FAC-010-2.1                                 R2.6.1.        shedding), the planned removal from              MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           service of certain generators, and/or the
                                                           curtailment ofAuthority’s methodology
                                                           The Planning contracted Firm (non-
                                                           for determining SOLs, shall include, as
FAC-010-2.1                   R3.                          a minimum, a description of the                  LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           following, along with any reliability
                                                           margins applied for each:




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                       fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 32 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                               2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                                Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                       Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                    - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Study model (must include at least the
                                                           entire Planning Authority Area as well
FAC-010-2.1                                 R3.1.          as the critical modeling details from            LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           other Planning Authority Areas that
                                                           would impact the Facility or Facilities

FAC-010-2.1                                 R3.2.          Selection of applicable Contingencies.           LOWER          PA, PC



                                                           Level of detail of system models used to
FAC-010-2.1                                 R3.3.                                                           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           determine SOLs.


                                                           Allowed uses of Special Protection
FAC-010-2.1                                 R3.4.                                                           MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           Systems or Remedial Action Plans.


                                                           Anticipated transmission system
FAC-010-2.1                                 R3.5.          configuration, generation dispatch and           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           Load level.
                                                           Criteria for determining when violating
                                                           a SOL qualifies as an Interconnection
FAC-010-2.1                                 R3.6.          Reliability Operating Limit (IROL) and           MEDIUM         PA, PC
                                                           criteria for developing any associated
                                                           IROL Tv.
                                                           The Planning Authority shall issue its
                                                           SOL Methodology, and any change to
FAC-010-2.1                   R4.                                                                           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           that methodology, to all of the following
                                                           prior to the effectiveness of the change:
                                                           Each adjacent Planning Authority and
                                                           each Planning Authority that indicated it
FAC-010-2.1                                 R4.1.                                                           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           has a reliability-related need for the
                                                           methodology.
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator and
                                                           Transmission Operator that operates
FAC-010-2.1                                 R4.2.                                                           LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           any portion of the Planning Authority’s
                                                           Planning Authority Area.

                                                           Each Transmission Planner that works
FAC-010-2.1                                 R4.3.          in the Planning Authority’s Planning             LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           Authority Area.
                                                           If a recipient of the SOL Methodology
                                                           provides documented technical
FAC-010-2.1                   R5.                          comments on the methodology, the                 LOWER          PA, PC
                                                           Reliability Coordinator shall provide a
                                                           documented response to that recipienta
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                           documented methodology for use in
FAC-011-2                     R1.                          developing SOLs (SOL Methodology)                LOWER            RC
                                                           within its Reliability Coordinator Area.
                                                           This SOL Methodology shall:
                                                           Be applicable for developing SOLs used
                                                           in the operations horizon.
FAC-011-2                                   R1.1.                                                           LOWER            RC


                                                           State that SOLs shall not exceed
                                                           associated Facility Ratings.
FAC-011-2                                   R1.2.                                                           LOWER            RC


                                                           Include a description of how to identify
                                                           the subset of SOLs that qualify as IROLs.
FAC-011-2                                   R1.3.                                                           LOWER            RC


                                                           The Reliability Coordinator’s SOL
                                                           Methodology shall include a                     No VRF
FAC-011-2                     R2.                          requirement that SOLs provide BES                                 RC
                                                                                                           Assigned
                                                           performance consistent with the
                                                           following:
                                                           In the pre-contingency state, the BES
                                                           shall demonstrate transient, dynamic
FAC-011-2                                   R2.1.          and voltage stability; all Facilities shall       HIGH            RC
                                                           be within their Facility Ratings and
                                                           within their thermal, voltage and
                                                           Following the single Contingencies
                                                           identified in Requirement 2.2.1 through
FAC-011-2                                   R2.2.          Requirement 2.2.3, the system shall               HIGH            RC
                                                           demonstrate transient, dynamic and
                                                           voltageline to ground or 3-phase Fault
                                                           Single stability; all Facilities shall be
                                                           (whichever is more severe), with Normal
FAC-011-2                                   R2.2.1.        Clearing, on any Faulted generator, line,        MEDIUM           RC
                                                           transformer, or shunt device.
                                                           Loss of any generator, line, transformer,
                                                           or shunt device without a Fault.
FAC-011-2                                   R2.2.2.                                                         MEDIUM           RC


                                                           Single pole block, with Normal Clearing,
                                                           in a monopolar or bipolar high voltage
FAC-011-2                                   R2.2.3.        direct current system.                           MEDIUM           RC


                                                           In determining the system’s response to
                                                           a single Contingency, the following
FAC-011-2                                   R2.3.          shall be acceptable:                             MEDIUM           RC


                                                           Planned or controlled interruption of
                                                           electric supply to radial customers or
FAC-011-2                                   R2.3.1.        some local network customers                     MEDIUM           RC
                                                           connected to or supplied by the Faulted
                                                           Facility or by the affected area.
                                                           Interruption of other network
                                                           customers, (a) only if the system has
FAC-011-2                                   R2.3.2.        already been adjusted, or is being               MEDIUM           RC
                                                           adjusted, following at least one prior
                                                           outage, or (b) if the real-time operating
                                                           System reconfiguration through manual
                                                           or automatic control or protection
FAC-011-2                                   R2.3.3.        actions.                                         MEDIUM           RC


                                                           To prepare for the next Contingency,
                                                           system adjustments may be made,
FAC-011-2                                   R2.4.          including changes to generation, uses            MEDIUM           RC
                                                           of the transmission system, and the
                                                           transmission system topology.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                       fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 33 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                    2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                                Violation Risk     Functions                                                         Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                                  Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                       Factor         Monitored                                                         Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                         - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator’s
                                                           methodology for determining SOLs,
FAC-011-2                     R3.                          shall include, as a minimum, a                   MEDIUM             RC
                                                           description of the following, along with
                                                           any reliability margins applied for each:
                                                           Study model (must include at least the
                                                           entire Reliability Coordinator Area as
FAC-011-2                                   R3.1.          well as the critical modeling details            MEDIUM             RC
                                                           from other Reliability Coordinator Areas
                                                           that would impact the Facility or
                                                           Selection of applicable Contingencies
FAC-011-2                                   R3.2.                                                           MEDIUM             RC


                                                           A process for determining which of the
                                                           stability limits associated with the list
FAC-011-2                                   R3.3.          of multiple contingencies (provided by           MEDIUM             RC
                                                           the Planning Authority in accordance
                                                           with FAC-014 shall address 6) are
                                                           This process Requirement the need to
                                                           modify these limits, to modify the list of      No VRF
FAC-011-2                                   R3.3.1.        limits, and to modify the list of                                   RC
                                                                                                           Assigned
                                                           associated multiple contingencies
                                                           Level of detail of system models used to
                                                           determine SOLs.
FAC-011-2                                   R3.4.                                                           LOWER              RC


                                                           Allowed uses of Special Protection
                                                           Systems or Remedial Action Plans.
FAC-011-2                                   R3.5.                                                           MEDIUM             RC


                                                           Anticipated transmission system
                                                           configuration, generation dispatch and
FAC-011-2                                   R3.6.          Load level                                       MEDIUM             RC


                                                           Criteria for determining when violating
                                                           a SOL qualifies as an Interconnection
FAC-011-2                                   R3.7.          Reliability Operating Limit (IROL) and           MEDIUM             RC
                                                           criteria for developing any associated
                                                           IROL Tv.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall issue
                                                           its SOL Methodology and any changes
FAC-011-2                     R4.                          to that methodology, prior to the                LOWER              RC
                                                           effectiveness of the Methodology or of a
                                                           change to the Reliability Coordinator
                                                           Each adjacentMethodology, to all of the
                                                           and each Reliability Coordinator that
FAC-011-2                                   R4.1.          indicated it has a reliability-related           LOWER              RC
                                                           need for the methodology.
                                                           Each Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner that models any
FAC-011-2                                   R4.2.          portion of the Reliability Coordinator’s         LOWER              RC
                                                           Reliability Coordinator Area.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator that
                                                           operates in the Reliability Coordinator
FAC-011-2                                   R4.3.          Area.                                            LOWER              RC


                                                           If a recipient of the SOL Methodology
                                                           provides documented technical
FAC-011-2                     R5.                          comments on the methodology, the                 LOWER              RC
                                                           Reliability Coordinator shall provide a
                                                           documented response to that recipient
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator and
                                                           Planning Authority shall each establish
FAC-013-1                     R1.                          a set of inter-regional and intra-regional       MEDIUM         PA, PC, RC
                                                           Transfer Capabilities that is consistent
                                                           withReliability Coordinator and
                                                           The its current Transfer Capability
                                                           Planning Authority shall each provide
FAC-013-1                     R2.                          its inter-regional and intra-regional            MEDIUM         PA, PC, RC
                                                           Transfer Capabilities to those entities
                                                           The have a reliability-related need
                                                           that Reliability Coordinator shall for
                                                           provide its Transfer Capabilities to its
FAC-013-1                                   R2.1.          associated Regional Reliability                  MEDIUM             RC
                                                           Organization(s), to its adjacent
                                                           The Planning Authority shall to the
                                                           Reliability Coordinators, and provide its
                                                           Transfer Capabilities to its associated
FAC-013-1                                   R2.2.          Reliability Coordinator(s) and Regional          MEDIUM           PA, PC
                                                           Reliability Organization(s), and to the
                                                           Transmission Planners and shall ensure
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator
                                                           that SOLs, including Interconnection
FAC-014-2                     R1.                          Reliability Operating Limits (IROLs), for        MEDIUM             RC
                                                           its Reliability Coordinator Area are
                                                           established and that the SOLs
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
                                                           establish SOLs (as directed by its
FAC-014-2                     R2.                          Reliability Coordinator) for its portion of      MEDIUM           RC, TOP
                                                           the Reliability Coordinator Area that are
                                                           consistent with its Reliabilityestablish
                                                           The Planning Authority shall
                                                           SOLs, including IROLs, for its Planning
FAC-014-2                     R3.                                                                           MEDIUM           PA, PC
                                                           Authority Area that are consistent with
                                                           its SOL Methodology.
                                                           The Transmission Planner shall
                                                           establish SOLs, including IROLs, for its
FAC-014-2                     R4.                          Transmission Planning Area that are              MEDIUM         PA, PC, TP
                                                           consistent with its Planning Authority’s
                                                           The Methodology.
                                                           SOL Reliability Coordinator, Planning
                                                           Authority and Transmission Planner
FAC-014-2                     R5.                          shall each provide its SOLs and IROLs             HIGH         PA, PC, RC, TP
                                                           to those entities that have a reliability-
                                                           related need for those limits and
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           provide its SOLs (including the subset
FAC-014-2                                   R5.1.          of SOLs that are IROLs) to adjacent               HIGH              RC
                                                           Reliability Coordinators and Reliability
                                                           Coordinators who indicate the
                                                           Identification and status of a reliability-
                                                           associated Facility (or group of
FAC-014-2                                   R5.1.1.                                                         MEDIUM             RC
                                                           Facilities) that is (are) critical to the
                                                           derivation of the IROL.

                                                           The value of the IROL and its associated
FAC-014-2                                   R5.1.2.                                                         MEDIUM             RC
                                                           Tv.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                            fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 34 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual (A)       Annual (A)


FAC-014-2                                       R5.1.3.        The associated Contingency(ies).                MEDIUM              RC


                                                               The type of limitation represented by
FAC-014-2                                       R5.1.4.        the IROL (e.g., voltage collapse, angular       MEDIUM              RC
                                                               stability).
                                                               The Transmission Operator shall
                                                               provide any SOLs it developed to its
FAC-014-2                                       R5.2.          Reliability Coordinator and to the              MEDIUM              TOP
                                                               Transmission Service Providers that
                                                               share its portion of the Reliability
                                                               The Planning Authority shall provide its
                                                               SOLs (including the subset of SOLs that
FAC-014-2                                       R5.3.          are IROLs) to adjacent Planning                 MEDIUM            PA, PC
                                                               Authorities, and to Transmission
                                                               Planners, Transmission Service provide
                                                               The Transmission Planner shall
                                                               its SOLs (including the subset of SOLs
FAC-014-2                                       R5.4.          that are IROLs) to its Planning                 MEDIUM              TP
                                                               Authority, Reliability Coordinators,
                                                               Transmission Operators, and
                                                               The Planning Authority shall identify the
                                                               subset of multiple contingencies (if
FAC-014-2                         R6.                                                                          MEDIUM            PA, PC
                                                               any), from Reliability Standard TPL-003
                                                               which result in stability limits.
                                                               The Planning Authority shall provide
                                                               this list of multiple contingencies and
FAC-014-2                                       R6.1.          the associated stability limits to the          MEDIUM            PA, PC
                                                               Reliability Coordinators that monitor the
                                                               facilities associated with these
                                                               If the Planning Authority does not
                                                               identify any stability-related multiple
FAC-014-2                                       R6.2.          contingencies, the Planning Authority           MEDIUM            PA, PC
                                                               shall so notify the Reliability
                                                               Coordinator.
                                                               INTERCHANGE SCHEDULING AND
                                                               COORDINATION

                                                               The Load-Serving, Purchasing-Selling
INT-001-3                                                      Entity shall ensure that Arranged
                                  R1.                                                                          LOWER               PSE                                                                                                                               ER
                                                               Interchange is submitted to the
                                                               Interchange Authority for:

INT-001-3                                                      All Dynamic Schedules at the expected
                                                R1.1.                                                          LOWER               PSE                                                                                                                               ER
                                                               average MW profile for each hour.


                                                               The Sink Balancing Authority shall
INT-001-3
                                  R2.                          ensure that Arranged Interchange is             LOWER               BA                                                                                                                                ER
                                                               submitted to the Interchange Authority:

                                                               If a Purchasing-Selling Entity is not
INT-001-3
                                                R2.1.          involved in the Interchange, such as            LOWER               BA                                                                                                                                ER
                                                               delivery from a jointly owned generator.


INT-001-3                                                      For each bilateral Inadvertent
                                                R2.2.                                                          LOWER               BA                                                                                                                                ER
                                                               Interchange payback.

                                                               Each Receiving Balancing Authority
                                                               shall confirm Interchange Schedules
INT-003-3                         R1.                          with the Sending Balancing Authority            MEDIUM              BA                                                                                                                                ER
                                                               prior to implementation in the Balancing
                                                               Authority’s ACE equation.
                                                               The Sending Balancing Authority and
                                                               Receiving Balancing Authority shall
INT-003-3                                       R1.1.                                                          LOWER               BA                                                                                                                                ER
                                                               agree on Interchange as received from
                                                               the Interchange Authority, including:


INT-003-3                                       R1.1.1.        Interchange Schedule start and end time.        LOWER               BA                                                                                                                                ER




INT-003-3                                       R1.1.2.        Energy profile.                                 LOWER               BA                                                                                                                                ER


                                                               If a high voltage direct current (HVDC)
                                                               tie is on the Scheduling Path, then the
INT-003-3                                       R1.2.          Sending Balancing Authorities and               MEDIUM              BA                                                                                                                                ER
                                                               Receiving Balancing Authorities shall
                                                               coordinate the Interchange Schedule
                                                               At such time as the reliability event
INT-004-2                                                      allows for the reloading of the
                                  R1.                          transaction, the entity that initiated the      LOWER         BA, PSE, RC, TOP
                                                               curtailment shall release the limit on
                                                               the Interchange Transaction tag to allow
                                                               The Purchasing-Selling Entity
INT-004-2                                                      responsible for tagging a Dynamic
                                  R2.                          Interchange Schedule shall ensure the           LOWER               PSE
                                                               tag is updated for the next available
                                                               scheduling hour andprofile in an hour is
                                                               The average energy future hours when
INT-004-2                                                      greater than 250 MW and in that hour
                                                R2.1.          the actual hourly integrated energy             LOWER               PSE
                                                               deviates from the hourly average energy
                                                               profile indicated on the tag in an hour is
                                                               The average energy profile by more
INT-004-2                                                      less than or equal to 250 MW and in that
                                                R2.2.          hour the actual hourly integrated energy        LOWER               PSE
                                                               deviates from the hourly average energy
                                                               profile indicated on the tag by more
                                                               A Reliability Coordinator or
INT-004-2                                                      Transmission Operator determines the
                                                R2.3.          deviation, regardless of magnitude, to          LOWER               PSE
                                                               be a reliability concern and notifies the
                                                               Purchasing-Selling Entity of that period
                                                               Prior to the expiration of the time
INT-005-3                                                      defined in the Timing Table, Column A,
                                  R1.                          the Interchange Authority shall                 MEDIUM               IA
                                                               distribute the Arranged Interchange
                                                               information for reliability assessment to
                                                               When a Balancing Authority or
INT-005-3                                                      Reliability Coordinator initiates a
                                                R1.1.          Curtailment to Confirmed or                     MEDIUM               IA
                                                               Implemented Interchange for reliability,
                                                               the Interchange Authority shall




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 35 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                   Supporting                                                                               2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                  Requirement                                                                Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                    Requirement              Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                    Number                                                                       Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                   Number                                                                                    - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                               Prior to the expiration of the reliability
INT-005-3                                                      assessment period defined in the
                                  R1.                          Timing Table, Column B, the Balancing            LOWER         BA, TSP
                                                               Authority and Transmission Service
                                                               Provider shall respond to a request from
                                                               Each involved Balancing Authority shall
INT-005-3
                                                R1.1.          evaluate the Arranged Interchange with           LOWER            BA
                                                               respect to:


INT-005-3                                                      Energy profile (ability to support the
                                                R1.1.1.                                                         LOWER            BA
                                                               magnitude of the Interchange).


INT-005-3                                                      Ramp (ability of generation
                                                R1.1.2.                                                         LOWER            BA
                                                               maneuverability to accommodate).


INT-005-3                                                      Scheduling path (proper connectivity of
                                                R1.1.3.                                                         LOWER            BA
                                                               Adjacent Balancing Authorities).

                                                               Each involved Transmission Service
INT-005-3                                                      Provider shall confirm that the
                                                R1.2.          transmission service arrangements                LOWER           TSP
                                                               associated with the Arranged
                                                               Interchange haveAuthority shall verify
                                                               The Interchange adjacent
                                                               that Arranged Interchange is balanced
INT-007-1                         R1.                          and valid prior to transitioning Arranged        LOWER            IA
                                                               Interchange to Confirmed Interchange
                                                               by verifying the following:
                                                               Source Balancing Authority megawatts
                                                               equal sink Balancing Authority
INT-007-1                                       R1.1.                                                           LOWER            IA
                                                               megawatts (adjusted for losses, if
                                                               appropriate).

                                                               All reliability entities involved in the
INT-007-1                                       R1.2.          Arranged Interchange are currently in            LOWER            IA
                                                               the NERC registry.


INT-007-1                                       R1.3.          The following are defined:                       LOWER            IA




INT-007-1                                       R1.3.1.        Generation source and load sink.                 LOWER            IA




INT-007-1                                       R1.3.2.        Megawatt profile.                                LOWER            IA




INT-007-1                                       R1.3.3.        Ramp start and stop times.                       LOWER            IA




INT-007-1                                       R1.3.4.        Interchange duration.                            LOWER            IA


                                                               Each Balancing Authority and
                                                               Transmission Service Provider that
INT-007-1                                       R1.4.          received the Arranged Interchange                LOWER            IA
                                                               information from the Interchange
                                                               Authority for reliabilityof the time period
                                                               Prior to the expiration assessment has
INT-008-3                                                      defined in the Timing Table, Column C,
                                  R1.                          the Interchange Authority shall                  LOWER            IA
                                                               distribute to all Balancing Authorities
                                                               (including Balancing Authorities on
                                                               For Confirmed Interchange, the
INT-008-3
                                                R1.1.          Interchange Authority shall also                 LOWER            IA
                                                               communicate:

                                                               Start and stop times, ramps, and
INT-008-3
                                                R1.1.1.        megawatt profile to Balancing                    LOWER            IA
                                                               Authorities.

                                                               Necessary Interchange information to
INT-008-3
                                                R1.1.2.        NERC-identified reliability analysis             LOWER            IA
                                                               services.

                                                               The Balancing Authority shall
INT-009-1                         R1.                          implement Confirmed Interchange as               MEDIUM           BA
                                                               received from the Interchange Authority.
                                                               The Balancing Authority that
                                                               experiences a loss of resources
INT-010-1                         R1.                          covered by an energy sharing                     LOWER            BA
                                                               agreement shall ensure that a request
                                                               for anmodification to an existing
                                                               For a Arranged Interchange is
                                                               Interchange schedule that is directed by
INT-010-1                         R2.                          a Reliability Coordinator for current or         LOWER            RC
                                                               imminent reliability-related reasons, the
                                                               For a new Coordinator shall direct a
                                                               Reliability Interchange schedule that is
                                                               directed by a Reliability Coordinator for
INT-010-1                         R3.                          current or imminent reliability-related          LOWER            RC
                                                               reasons, the Reliability Coordinator
                                                               shall direct a Balancing Authority to
                                                               INTERCONNECTION RELIABILITY
                                                               OPERATIONS AND COORDINATION

                                                               Each Regional Reliability Organization,
                                                               subregion, or interregional coordinating
IRO-001-1.1                       R1.                          group shall establish one or more                 HIGH           RRO
                                                               Reliability Coordinators to continuously
                                                               assess transmission reliability and
                                                               The Reliability Coordinator shall comply
IRO-001-1.1                       R2.                          with a regional reliability plan approved         HIGH            RC
                                                               by the NERC Operating Committee.




            Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                       fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 36 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                               Requirement                                                                  Violation Risk     Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                 Requirement              Text of Requirement                                                   Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                 Number                                                                         Factor         Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                            The Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                            clear decision-making authority to act
IRO-001-1.1                    R3.                          and to direct actions to be taken by                HIGH              RC
                                                            Transmission Operators, Balancing
                                                            Authorities, Generator Operators,
                                                            Reliability Coordinators that delegate
                                                            tasks to other entities shall have formal
IRO-001-1.1                    R4.                          operating agreements with each entity              MEDIUM             RC
                                                            to which tasks are delegated. The
                                                            Reliability Coordinator shall verify that
                                                            The Reliability Coordinator shall list
                                                            within its reliability plan all entities to
IRO-001-1.1                    R5.                                                                             LOWER              RC
                                                            which the Reliability Coordinator has
                                                            delegated required tasks.
                                                            The Reliability Coordinator shall verify
                                                            that all delegated tasks are carried out
IRO-001-1.1                    R6.                                                                             MEDIUM             RC
                                                            by NERC-certified Reliability
                                                            Coordinator operating personnel.
                                                            The Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                            clear, comprehensive coordination
IRO-001-1.1                    R7.                          agreements with adjacent Reliability                HIGH              RC
                                                            Coordinators to ensure that System
                                                            Operating Limit or Interconnection
                                                            Transmission Operators, Balancing
                                                            Authorities, Generator Operators,                                BA, GOP, LSE,
IRO-001-1.1                    R8.                          Transmission Service Providers, Load-               HIGH
                                                                                                                             PSE, TOP, TSP
                                                            Serving Entities, and Purchasing-Selling
                                                            Entities shall comply with Reliability in
                                                            The Reliability Coordinator shall act
                                                            the interests of reliability for the overall
IRO-001-1.1                    R9.                          Reliability Coordinator Area and the                HIGH              RC
                                                            Interconnection before the interests of
                                                            any other entity.
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                            adequate communications facilities
IRO-002-2                      R1.                          (voice and data links) to appropriate               HIGH              RC                             x
                                                            entities within its Reliability
                                                            Coordinator Area. These
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator — or its
                                                            Transmission Operators and Balancing
IRO-002-2                      R2.                          Authorities — shall provide, or arrange            MEDIUM             RC                                           x
                                                            provisions for, data exchange to other
                                                            Reliability Coordinators or
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                            multi-directional communications
IRO-002-2                      R3.                          capabilities with its Transmission                 MEDIUM         BA, RC, TOP                                      x
                                                            Operators and Balancing Authorities,
                                                            and with neighboring Reliability
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                            detailed real-time monitoring capability
IRO-002-2                      R4.                          of its Reliability Coordinator Area and             HIGH              RC                                           x
                                                            sufficient monitoring capability of its
                                                            surrounding Reliability Coordinator
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                            monitor Bulk Electric System elements
IRO-002-2                      R5.                          (generators, transmission lines, buses,             HIGH              RC                             x
                                                            transformers, breakers, etc.) that could
                                                            result in SOL or IROL violations within
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                            adequate analysis tools such as state
IRO-002-2                      R6.                          estimation, pre- and post-contingency               HIGH              RC              x
                                                            analysis capabilities (thermal, stability,
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinatoroverview
                                                            and voltage), and wide-area shall
                                                            continuously monitor its Reliability
IRO-002-2                      R7.                          Coordinator Area. Each Reliability                  HIGH              RC                                           x
                                                            Coordinator shall have provisions for
                                                            Each Reliability that shall be exercised
                                                            backup facilitiesCoordinator shall
                                                            control its Reliability Coordinator
IRO-002-2                      R8.                          analysis tools, including approvals for             HIGH              RC              x
                                                            planned maintenance. Each Reliability
                                                            Coordinator shall have procedures in
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                            monitor all Bulk Electric System
IRO-003-2                      R1.                          facilities, which may include sub-                  HIGH              RC
                                                            transmission information, within its
                                                            Reliability Coordinator Area and know
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                            the current status of all critical facilities
IRO-003-2                      R2.                          whose failure, degradation or                       HIGH              RC
                                                            disconnection could result in an SOL or
                                                            IROL violation. Reliability Coordinators
                                                            Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                            Authority, and Transmission Service
IRO-004-2                      R1.                          Provider shall comply with the                      HIGH         BA, TOP, TSP         x                                                      A                                                        ER                          X
                                                            directives of its Reliability Coordinator
                                                            based on the next day assessments in
                                                            Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                            monitor its Reliability Coordinator Area
IRO-005-3a                     R1.                          parameters, including but not limited to           Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            the following:
                                                            Current status of Bulk Electric System
                                                            elements (transmission or generation
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.1.          including critical auxiliaries such as             Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            Automatic Voltage Regulators and
                                                            Special Protection Systems) and system
                                                            Current pre-contingency element
                                                            conditions (voltage, thermal, or
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.2.          stability), including any applicable               Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            mitigation plans to alleviate SOL or
                                                            Current post-contingency the plan’s
                                                            IROL violations, including element
                                                            conditions (voltage, thermal, or
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.3.          stability), including any applicable               Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            mitigation plans to alleviate SOL or
                                                            IROL violations, including the plan’s
                                                            System real and reactive reserves
                                                            (actual versus required).
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.4.                                                             Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X


                                                            Capacity and energy adequacy
                                                            conditions.
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.5.                                                             Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X


                                                            Current ACE for all its Balancing
                                                            Authorities.
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.6.                                                             Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X


                                                            Current local or Transmission Loading
                                                            Relief procedures in effect.
IRO-005-3a                                   R1.7.                                                             Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X




         Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 37 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                  2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk     Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor         Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                       - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Planned generation dispatches.
IRO-005-3a                                  R1.8.                                                          Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X


                                                           Planned transmission or generation
                                                           outages.
IRO-005-3a                                  R1.9.                                                          Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X


                                                           Contingency events.
IRO-005-3a                                  R1.10.                                                         Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X


                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           monitor its Balancing Authorities’
IRO-005-3a                    R2.                          parameters to ensure that the required          Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           amount of operating reserves is
                                                           provided and available as required to
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           ensure its Transmission Operators and
IRO-005-3a                    R3.                          Balancing Authorities are aware of Geo-         Pending            RC              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Magnetic Disturbance (GMD) forecast
                                                           information and assist as needed in the
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           disseminate information within its
IRO-005-3a                    R4.                          Reliability Coordinator Area, as                Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           required.
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           monitor system frequency and its
IRO-005-3a                    R5.                          Balancing Authorities’ performance and          Pending        BA, RC, TOP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           direct any necessary rebalancing to
                                                           return to CPS and DCS compliance. The
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           coordinate with Transmission
IRO-005-3a                    R6.                          Operators, Balancing Authorities, and           Pending            RC              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Generator Operators as needed to
                                                           develop and implement action
                                                           As necessary, the Reliability plans to
                                                           Coordinator shall assist the Balancing
IRO-005-3a                    R7.                          Authorities in its Reliability Coordinator      Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           Area in arranging for assistance from
                                                           neighboring Reliability Coordinator
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           identify sources of large Area Control
IRO-005-3a                    R8.                          Errors that may be contributing to              Pending            RC                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           Frequency Error, Time Error, or
                                                           Inadvertent Special Protection System
                                                           Whenever aInterchange and shall
                                                           that may have an inter-Balancing
IRO-005-3a                    R9.                          Authority, or inter-Transmission                Pending         RC, TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Operator impact (e.g., could potentially
                                                           In instances where flows resulting in a
                                                           affect transmissionthere is a difference
                                                           in derived limits, the Transmission                           BA, GOP, LSE,
IRO-005-3a                    R10.                         Operators, Balancing Authorities,               Pending                            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                         PSE, TOP, TSP
                                                           Generator Operators, Transmission
                                                           Service Providers, Load-Serving
                                                           The Transmission Service Provider
                                                           shall respect SOLs and IROLs in
IRO-005-3a                    R11.                         accordance with filed tariffs and               Pending           TSP                                           x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           regional Total Transfer Calculation and
                                                           Available Transfer Calculation
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator who
                                                           foresees a transmission problem (such
IRO-005-3a                    R12.                         as an SOL or IROL violation, loss of            Pending            RC              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           reactive reserves, etc.) within its
                                                           Reliability Coordinator Area shall issue
                                                           A Reliability Coordinator experiencing a
                                                           potential or actual SOL or IROL
IRO-006-5                     R1.                          violation within its Reliability                 HIGH              RC                             x
                                                           Coordinator Area shall, with its
                                                           authority andor instructing others to act
                                                           When acting at its discretion, select
                                                           to mitigate the magnitude and duration
IRO-006-EAST-1                R1.                          of the instance of exceeding an IROL             HIGH              RC                             x
                                                           within that IROL’s TV, each Reliability
                                                           Coordinator shall initiate, prior to or
                                                           To ensure operating entities are
                                                           provided with information needed to
IRO-006-EAST-1                R2.                          maintain an awareness of changes to             MEDIUM             RC                             x
                                                           the Transmission System, when
                                                           initiating the Eastern Interconnection
                                                           A list of congestion management
                                                           actions to be implemented, and
IRO-006-EAST-1                              R2.1.                                                          MEDIUM             RC                             x


                                                           One of the following TLR levels: TLR-1,
                                                           TLR-2, TLR-3A, TLR-3B, TLR-4, TLR-5A,
IRO-006-EAST-1                              R2.2.          TLR-5B, TLR-6, TLR-0                            MEDIUM             RC                             x


                                                           Upon the identification of the TLR level
                                                           and a list of congestion management
IRO-006-EAST-1                R3.                          actions to be implemented, the                  MEDIUM             RC                             x
                                                           Reliability Coordinator initiating this
                                                           TLR procedure shall:
                                                           Notify all Reliability Coordinators in the
                                                           Eastern Interconnection of the identified
IRO-006-EAST-1                              R3.1.          TLR level                                       MEDIUM             RC                             x


                                                           Communicate the list of congestion
                                                           management actions to be implemented
IRO-006-EAST-1                              R3.2.          to 1.) all Reliability Coordinators in the      MEDIUM             RC                             x
                                                           Eastern Interconnection, and 2.) those
                                                           Reliability Coordinators in other
                                                           Request that the congestion
                                                           management actions identified in
IRO-006-EAST-1                              R3.3.          Requirement R2, Part 2.1 be                     MEDIUM             RC                             x
                                                           implemented by:
                                                           1.) Each Reliability Coordinator
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator that
                                                           receives a request as described in
IRO-006-EAST-1                R4.                          Requirement R3, Part 3.3. shall, within          HIGH              RC                             x
                                                           15 minutes of receiving the request,
                                                           implement the congestion management
                                                           Upon receiving a request of Step 4 or
                                                           greater (see Attachment 1-IRO-006-
IRO-006-WECC-1                R1.                          WECC-1) from the Transmission                   MEDIUM             RC                             x
                                                           Operator of a Qualified Transfer Path,
                                                           the Reliability Coordinator shall approve
                                                           The Balancing Authorities shall
                                                           curtailment requests to the schedules
IRO-006-WECC-1                R2.                          as submitted, implement alternative             MEDIUM             BA                             x
                                                           actions, or a combination there of that
                                                           collectively meets the Relief




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                          fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 38 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           perform an Operational Planning
IRO-008-1                     R1.                          Analysis to assess whether the planned          MEDIUM              RC
                                                           operations for the next day within its
                                                           Wide Reliabilityexceed any of its
                                                           Each Area, will Coordinator shall
                                                           perform a Real-Time Assessment at
IRO-008-1                     R2.                          least once every 30 minutes to                   HIGH               RC
                                                           determine if its Wide Area is exceeding
                                                           any IROLs or is expected to exceed any
                                                           When a Reliability Coordinator
                                                           determines that the results of an
IRO-008-1                     R3.                          Operational Planning Analysis or Real-          MEDIUM              RC
                                                           Time Assessment indicates the need for
                                                           specific operational actions to prevent
                                                           For each IROL (in its Reliability
                                                           Coordinator Area) that the Reliability
IRO-009-1                     R1.                          Coordinator identifies one or more days         MEDIUM              RC
                                                           prior to the current day, the Reliability
                                                           Coordinator shall its Reliability
                                                           For each IROL (in have one or more
                                                           Coordinator Area) that the Reliability
IRO-009-1                     R2.                          Coordinator identifies one or more days         MEDIUM              RC
                                                           prior to the current day, the Reliability
                                                           Coordinator shall have one or more
                                                           When an assessment of actual or
                                                           expected system conditions predicts
IRO-009-1                     R3.                          that an IROL in its Reliability                  HIGH               RC
                                                           Coordinator Area will be exceeded, the
                                                           Reliability Coordinator shall implement
                                                           When actual system conditions show
                                                           that there is an instance of exceeding
IRO-009-1                     R4.                          an IROL in its Reliability Coordinator           HIGH               RC
                                                           Area, the Reliability Coordinator shall,
                                                           If unanimity cannot be reached on to act
                                                           without delay, act or direct others the
                                                           value for an IROL or its Tv, each
IRO-009-1                     R5.                          Reliability Coordinator that monitors            HIGH               RC
                                                           that Facility (or group of Facilities)
                                                           shall, without Coordinator most
                                                           The Reliabilitydelay, use theshall have a
                                                           documented specification for data and
IRO-010-1a                    R1.                          information to build and maintain               LOWER               RC
                                                           models to support Real-time monitoring,
                                                           Operational Planning Analyses, and
                                                           List of required data and information
                                                           needed by the Reliability Coordinator to
IRO-010-1a                                  R1.1.          support Real-Time Monitoring,                   LOWER               RC
                                                           Operational Planning Analyses, and
                                                           Real-Time Assessments.

IRO-010-1a                                  R1.2.          Mutually agreeable format.                      LOWER               RC


                                                           Timeframe and periodicity for providing
                                                           data and information (based on its
IRO-010-1a                                  R1.3.          hardware and software requirements,             LOWER               RC
                                                           and the time needed to do its
                                                           Operational Planning Analyses).
                                                           Process for data provision when
IRO-010-1a                                  R1.4.          automated Real-Time system operating            LOWER               RC
                                                           data is unavailable.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           distribute its data specification to
IRO-010-1a                    R2.                          entities that have Facilities monitored         LOWER               RC
                                                           by the Reliability Coordinator and to
                                                           entities that provide Facility status to
                                                           Each Balancing Authority, Generator
                                                           Owner, Generator Operator, Interchange                        BA, GO, GOP, IA,
IRO-010-1a                    R3.                          Authority, Load-serving Entity,                 MEDIUM        LSE, RC, TO, TOP
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, Transmission
                                                           Operator, and Transmission Owner
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall have
                                                           Operating Procedures, Processes, or
IRO-014-1                     R1.                          Plans in place for activities that require      MEDIUM              RC                               x
                                                           notification, exchange of information or
                                                           coordination of actions with one or
                                                           These Operating Procedures,
IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.          Processes, or Plans shall collectively          LOWER               RC                               x
                                                           address, as a minimum, the following:
                                                           Communications and notifications,
                                                           including the conditions under which
IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.1.        one Reliability Coordinator notifies            MEDIUM              RC                               x
                                                           other Reliability Coordinators; the
                                                           process to follow in making those

IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.2.        Energy and capacity shortages.                  MEDIUM              RC                               x



                                                           Planned or unplanned outage
IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.3.                                                        MEDIUM              RC                               x
                                                           information.


                                                           Voltage control, including the
IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.4.        coordination of reactive resources for          MEDIUM              RC                               x
                                                           voltage control.


                                                           Coordination of information exchange
IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.5.                                                        LOWER               RC                               x
                                                           to support reliability assessments.

                                                           Authority to act to prevent and mitigate
                                                           instances of causing Adverse Reliability
IRO-014-1                                   R1.1.6.                                                        LOWER               RC                               x
                                                           Impacts to other Reliability Coordinator
                                                           Areas.
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator’s
                                                           Operating Procedure, Process, or Plan
IRO-014-1                     R2.                          that requires one or more other                 LOWER               RC                                             x
                                                           Reliability Coordinators to take action
                                                           (e.g., make notifications, exchange
                                                           Agreed to by all the Reliability
IRO-014-1                                   R2.1.          Coordinators required to take the               LOWER               RC                                             x
                                                           indicated action(s).

                                                           Distributed to all Reliability
IRO-014-1                                   R2.2.          Coordinators that are required to take          LOWER               RC                                             x
                                                           the indicated action(s).




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 39 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           A Reliability Coordinator’s Operating
                                                           Procedures, Processes, or Plans
IRO-014-1                     R3.                          developed to support a Reliability              MEDIUM           RC                                         x
                                                           Coordinator-to-Reliability Coordinator
                                                           Operating Procedure, Process, or Plan
                                                           A reference to the associated Reliability
IRO-014-1                                   R3.1.          Coordinator-to-Reliability Coordinator          MEDIUM           RC                                         x
                                                           Operating Procedure, Process, or Plan.

                                                           The agreed-upon actions from the
                                                           associated Reliability Coordinator-to-
IRO-014-1                                   R3.2.                                                          LOWER            RC                                         x
                                                           Reliability Coordinator Operating
                                                           Procedure, Process, or Plan.
                                                           Each of the Operating Procedures,
                                                           Processes, and Plans addressed in
IRO-014-1                     R4.                                                                          LOWER            RC                                         x
                                                           Reliability Standard IRO-014
                                                           Requirement 1 and Requirement 3 shall:


IRO-014-1                                   R4.1.          Include version control number or date          LOWER            RC                                         x




IRO-014-1                                   R4.2.          Include a distribution list.                    LOWER            RC                                         x



                                                           Be reviewed, at least once every three
IRO-014-1                                   R4.3.                                                          LOWER            RC                                         x
                                                           years, and updated if needed.

                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall follow
                                                           its Operating Procedures, Processes, or
IRO-015-1                     R1.                          Plans for making notifications and              MEDIUM           RC
                                                           exchanging reliability-related
                                                           information with other Reliability
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall make
                                                           notifications to other Reliability
IRO-015-1                                   R1.1.          Coordinators of conditions in its               MEDIUM           RC
                                                           Reliability Coordinator Area that may
                                                           impact other Reliability Coordinator
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           participate in agreed upon conference
IRO-015-1                     R2.                                                                          LOWER            RC
                                                           calls and other communication forums
                                                           with adjacent Reliability Coordinators.
                                                           The frequency of these conference calls
                                                           shall be agreed upon by all involved
IRO-015-1                                   R2.1.                                                          LOWER            RC
                                                           Reliability Coordinators and shall be at
                                                           least weekly.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           provide reliability-related information
IRO-015-1                     R3.                                                                          MEDIUM           RC
                                                           as requested by other Reliability
                                                           Coordinators.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator that
                                                           identifies a potential, expected, or
IRO-016-1                     R1.                          actual problem that requires the actions        MEDIUM           RC
                                                           of one or more other Reliability
                                                           Coordinators Reliability Coordinators
                                                           If the involvedshall contact the other
                                                           agree on the problem and the actions to
IRO-016-1                                   R1.1.          take to prevent or mitigate the system          MEDIUM           RC
                                                           condition, each involved Reliability
                                                           Coordinator shall implement the agreed-
                                                           If the involved Reliability Coordinators
                                                           cannot agree on the problem(s) each
IRO-016-1                                   R1.2.          Reliability Coordinator shall re-evaluate       MEDIUM           RC
                                                           the causes of the disagreement (bad
                                                           data, status, study results, tools, etc.).
                                                           If time permits, this re-evaluation shall
IRO-016-1                                   R1.2.1.                                                        MEDIUM           RC
                                                           be done before taking corrective actions.

                                                           If time does not permit, then each
                                                           Reliability Coordinator shall operate as
IRO-016-1                                   R1.2.2.                                                        MEDIUM           RC
                                                           though the problem(s) exist(s) until the
                                                           conflicting system status is resolved.
                                                           If the involved Reliability Coordinators
                                                           cannot agree on the solution, the more
IRO-016-1                                   R1.3.                                                          MEDIUM           RC
                                                           conservative solution shall be
                                                           implemented.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           document (via operator logs or other
IRO-016-1                     R2.                          data sources) its actions taken for             LOWER            RC
                                                           either the event or for the disagreement
                                                           on the problem(s) or for both.

                                                           MODELING, DATA AND ANALYSIS


                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           select one of the methodologies1 listed
MOD-001-1a                    R1.                          below for                                       Pending         TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           calculating Available Transfer
                                                           Capability (ATC) or Available Flowgate
                                                           Each Transmission Service Provider
                                                           shall calculate ATC or AFC values as
MOD-001-1a                    R2.                          listed below using the methodology or           Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           methodologies selected by its
                                                           Transmission Operator(s):
                                                           Hourly values for at least the next 48
MOD-001-1a                                  R2.1.                                                          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           hours.


                                                           Daily values for at least the next 31
MOD-001-1a                                  R2.2.                                                          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           calendar days.


                                                           Monthly values for at least the next 12
MOD-001-1a                                  R2.3.                                                          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           months (months 2-13).

                                                           Each Transmission Service Provider
                                                           shall prepare and keep current an
MOD-001-1a                    R3.                          Available Transfer Capability                   Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Implementation Document (ATCID) that
                                                           includes, at a minimum, the following




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 40 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Information describing how the selected
                                                           methodology (or methodologies) has
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.1.          been implemented, in such detail that,          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           given the same information used by the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider, the
                                                           A description of the manner in which
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.2.          the Transmission Service Provider will          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           account for counterflows including:
                                                           How confirmed Transmission
                                                           reservations, expected Interchange
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.2.1.        and internal counterflow are addressed          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           in firm and non-firm ATC or
                                                           AFC calculations.
                                                           A rationale for that accounting specified
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.2.2.                                                        Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           in R3.2.

                                                           The identity of the Transmission
                                                           Operators and Transmission Service
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.3.          Providers from which the Transmission           Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Service Provider receives data for use
                                                           The identity of the or AFC.
                                                           in calculating ATC Transmission
                                                           Service Providers and Transmission
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.4.          Operators to which it provides data for         Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           use in calculating transfer or Flowgate
                                                           capability.
                                                           A description of the allocation
                                                           processes listed below that are
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.5.          applicable to the Transmission Service          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Provider:
                                                           a) Processes used to allocate transfer
                                                           A description of how generation and
                                                           transmission outages are considered in
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.6.                                                          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           transfer or Flowgate capability
                                                           calculations, including:

                                                           The criteria used to determine when an
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.6.1.        outage that is in effect part                   Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           of a day impacts a daily calculation.

                                                           The criteria used to determine when an
                                                           outage that is in effect part
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.6.2.                                                        Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           of a month impacts a monthly
                                                           calculation.
                                                           How outages from other Transmission
                                                           Service Providers that can
MOD-001-1a                                  R3.6.3.        not be mapped to the Transmission               Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           model used to calculate transfer
                                                           or Flowgate capability are addressed.
                                                           The Transmission Service Provider
MOD-001-1a                    R4.                          shall notify the following entities before      Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           implementing a new or revised ATCID:

                                                           Each Planning Coordinator associated
MOD-001-1a                                  R4.1.          with the Transmission Service                   Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Provider’s area.

                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator associated
MOD-001-1a                                  R4.2.          with the Transmission Service                   Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Provider’s area.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator associated
MOD-001-1a                                  R4.3.          with the Transmission Service                   Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Provider’s area.

                                                           Each Planning Coordinator adjacent to
MOD-001-1a                                  R4.4.          the Transmission Service Provider’s             Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           area.

                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator adjacent to
MOD-001-1a                                  R4.5.          the Transmission Service Provider’s             Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           area

                                                           Each Transmission Service Provider
MOD-001-1a                                  R4.6.          whose area is adjacent to the                   Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Transmission Service Provider’s area.

                                                           The Transmission Service Provider
MOD-001-1a                    R5.                          shall make available the current ATCID          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           to all of the entities specified in R4.
                                                           When calculating Total Transfer
                                                           Capability (TTC) or Total Flowgate
MOD-001-1a                    R6.                          Capability (TFC) the Transmission               Pending         TOP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Operator shall use assumptions no
                                                           more limiting thanATC or used in the
                                                           When calculating those AFC the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
MOD-001-1a                    R7.                          use assumptions no more limiting than           Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           those used in the planning of operations
                                                           for the corresponding time period
                                                           Each Transmission Service Provider
                                                           that calculates ATC shall recalculate
MOD-001-1a                    R8.                          ATC at a minimum on the following               Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           frequency, unless none of the
                                                           calculated values identified in the ATC
                                                           Hourly values, once per hour.
                                                           Transmission Service Providers are
MOD-001-1a                                  R8.1.          allowed up to 175 hours per calendar            Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           year during which calculations are not
                                                           required to be performed, despite a

MOD-001-1a                                  R8.2.          Daily values, once per day                      Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X




MOD-001-1a                                  R8.3.          Monthly values, once per week.                  Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X


                                                           Within thirty calendar days of receiving
                                                           a request by any Transmission Service
MOD-001-1a                                                 Provider, Planning Coordinator,                 Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                R9.
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, or Transmission
                                                           Operator for data from the list below




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 41 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                             2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                  - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual (A)       Annual (A)


MOD-001-1a                                  R9.1.          Transmission Service.                          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X


                                                           If the Transmission Service Provider
                                                           uses the data requested in its
MOD-001-1a                                  R9.1.1.        transfer or Flowgate capability                Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           calculations, it shall make the data
                                                           If the available
                                                           used Transmission Service Provider
                                                           does not use the data requested
MOD-001-1a                                  R9.1.2.        in its transfer or Flowgate capability         Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           calculations, but maintains that
                                                             If the shall make that data Provider
                                                           data, itTransmission Serviceavailable
                                                           does not use the data requested in its
MOD-001-1a                                  R9.1.3.        transfer or Flowgate capability                Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           calculations, and does not maintain that
                                                           This it shall not be required to make
                                                           data, data shall be made available by the
                                                           Transmission Provider on the schedule
MOD-001-1a                                  R9.2.          specified by the requestor (but no more        Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           frequently than once per hour, unless
                                                           The Transmission by the Provider and
                                                           mutually agreed toServicerequester that
                                                           maintains CBM shall prepare and keep
MOD-004-1                     R1.                          current a ―Capacity Benefit Margin             Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Implementation Document‖ (CBMID) that
                                                           The process through which following
                                                           includes, at a minimum, the a Load-
                                                           Serving Entity within a Balancing
MOD-004-1                                   R1.1.          Authority Area associated with the             Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Transmission Service Provider, or the
                                                           Resource Planner associated with that
                                                           The procedure and assumptions for
                                                           establishing CBM for each Available
MOD-004-1                                   R1.2.                                                         Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Transfer Capability (ATC) Path or
                                                           Flowgate.
                                                           The procedure for a Load-Serving Entity
                                                           or Balancing Authority to use
MOD-004-1                                   R1.3.          Transmission capacity set aside as             Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           CBM, including the manner in which the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider will
                                                           The Transmission Service Provider that
                                                           maintains CBM shall make available its
MOD-004-1                     R2.                          current CBMID to the Transmission              Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Operators, Transmission Service
                                                           Providers, Reliability Coordinators,
                                                           Each Load-Serving Entity determining
                                                           the need for Transmission capacity to
MOD-004-1                     R3.                          be set aside as CBM for imports into a         Pending         LSE            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Balancing Authority Area shall
                                                           determine or more ofby: following to
                                                           Using one that need the
                                                           determine the GCIR:
MOD-004-1                                   R3.1.          a) Loss of Load Expectation (LOLE)             Pending         LSE            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           studies
                                                           b) Loss of Load Probability (LOLP)
                                                           Identifying expected import path(s) or
MOD-004-1                                   R3.2.                                                         Pending         LSE            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           source region(s).

                                                           Each Resource Planner determining the
                                                           need for Transmission capacity to be
MOD-004-1                     R4.                          set aside as CBM for imports into a            Pending          RP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Balancing Authority Area shall
                                                           determine or more ofby: following to
                                                           Using one that need the
                                                           determine the GCIR:
MOD-004-1                                   R4.1.          a) Loss of Load Expectation (LOLE)             Pending          RP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           studies
                                                           b) Loss of Load Probability (LOLP)
                                                           Identifying expected import path(s) or
MOD-004-1                                   R4.2.                                                         Pending          RP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           source region(s).

                                                           At least every 13 months, the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider that
MOD-004-1                     R5.                          maintains CBM shall establish a CBM            Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           value for each ATC Path or Flowgate to
                                                           Reflect for ATC or Available of the
                                                           be usedconsideration of eachFlowgate
                                                           following if available:
MOD-004-1                                   R5.1.          a) Any studies (as described in R3.1)          Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           performed by Load-Serving Entities for
                                                           Be allocated as Transmission Service
                                                           loads within thefollows:

MOD-004-1                                   R5.2.                                           a) For        Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           ATC Paths, based on the expected
                                                           import paths or source regions provided
                                                           At least every 13 months, the
                                                           Transmission Planner shall establish a
MOD-004-1                     R6.                          CBM value for each ATC Path or                 Pending          TP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Flowgate to be used in planning during
                                                           each of consideration of each of the
                                                           Reflect the full calendar years two
                                                           following if available:
MOD-004-1                                   R6.1.          a) Any studies (as described in R3.1)          Pending          TP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           performed by Load-Serving Entities for
                                                           loads within thefollows:
                                                           Be allocated as Transmission Planner’s
                                                           a) For ATC Paths, based on the
MOD-004-1                                   R6.2.          expected import paths or source                Pending          TP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           regions provided by Load-Serving
                                                           Less than Resource Planners
                                                           Entities or31 calendar days after the
                                                           establishment of CBM, the
MOD-004-1                     R7.                          Transmission Service Provider that             Pending         TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           maintains CBM shall notify all the Load-
                                                           Serving Entities and Resource Planners
                                                           Less than 31 calendar days after the
                                                           establishment of CBM, the
MOD-004-1                     R8.                          Transmission Planner shall notify all          Pending          TP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           the Load-Serving Entities and Resource
                                                           Planners that determined they had athat
                                                           The Transmission Service Provider
                                                           maintains CBM and the Transmission
MOD-004-1                     R9.                          Planner shall each provide (subject to         Pending        TSP, TP         x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           confidentiality and security
                                                           requirements) copies of the applicable
                                                           Each of its associated Transmission
MOD-004-1                                   R9.1.          Operators within 30 calendar days of           Pending        TSP, TP         x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           their making a request for the data.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                     fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 42 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                   2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk     Functions                                                         Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                  Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor         Monitored                                                         Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                        - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           To any Transmission Service Provider,
                                                           Reliability Coordinator, Transmission
MOD-004-1                                   R9.2.          Planner, Resource Planner, or Planning          Pending          TSP, TP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Coordinator within 30 calendar days of
                                                           theirLoad-Serving Entity orthe data.
                                                           The making a request for Balancing
                                                           Authority shall request to import energy
MOD-004-1                     R10.                         over firm Transfer Capability set aside         Pending          BA, LSE            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           as CBM only when experiencing a
                                                           declared NERC Energy Emergency Alert
                                                           When reviewing an Arranged
                                                           Interchange using CBM, all Balancing
MOD-004-1                     R11.                         Authorities and Transmission Service            Pending          BA, TSP            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Providers shall waive, within the
                                                           The Transmission operation, any Real-
                                                           bounds of reliable Service Provider that
                                                           maintains CBM shall approve, within the
MOD-004-1                     R12.                         bounds of reliable operation, any               Pending            TSP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Arranged Interchange using CBM that is
                                                           submitted by an ―energy deficient

MOD-004-1                                   R12.1.         The CBM is available                            Pending            TSP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X


                                                           The EEA 2 is declared within the
MOD-004-1                                   R12.2.         Balancing Authority Area of the ―energy         Pending            TSP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           deficient entity,‖ and

                                                           The Load of the ―energy deficient
MOD-004-1                                   R12.3.         entity‖ is located within the                   Pending            TSP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Transmission Service Provider’s area.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           prepare and keep current a TRM
MOD-008-1                     R1.                                                                         Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Implementation Document (TRMID) that
                                                           includes, as a minimum, the following
                                                           information:
                                                           Identification of (on each of its
                                                           respective ATC Paths or Flowgates)
MOD-008-1                                   R1.1.                                                         Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           each of the following components of
                                                           uncertainty if used in establishing TRM,
                                                           and a description of how that
                                                           The description of the method used to
MOD-008-1                                   R1.2.          allocate TRM across ATC Paths or               Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           Flowgates.

                                                           The identification of the TRM
MOD-008-1                                   R1.3.          calculation used for the following time        Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           periods:


MOD-008-1                                   R1.3.1.        Same day and real-time.                        Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X




MOD-008-1                                   R1.3.2.        Day-ahead and pre-schedule.                    Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X



                                                           Beyond day-ahead and pre-schedule, up
MOD-008-1                                   R1.3.3.                                                       Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           to thirteen months ahead.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall only
                                                           use the components of uncertainty from
MOD-008-1                     R2.                                                                         Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           R1.1 to establish TRM, and shall not
                                                           include any of the components of
                                                           Capacity Benefit Margin (CBM).
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall make
                                                           available its TRMID, and if requested,
MOD-008-1                     R3.                          underlying documentation (if any) used         Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           to determine TRM, in the format used by
                                                           the Transmission Operator, to any of the
                                                           Each Transmission Operator that
                                                           maintains TRM shall establish TRM
MOD-008-1                     R4.                                                                         Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           values in accordance with the TRMID at
                                                           least once every 13 months.
                                                           The Transmission Operator that
                                                           maintains TRM shall provide the TRM
MOD-008-1                     R5.                                                                         Pending             TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                           values to its Transmission Service
                                                           Provider(s) and Transmission
                                                           The Transmission than seven calendar
                                                           Planner(s) no moreOwners,
                                                           Transmission Planners, Generator
MOD-010-0                     R1.                          Owners, and Resource Planners                   MEDIUM        GO, RP, TO, TP
                                                           (specified in the data requirements and
                                                           reporting procedures of MOD-011-0_R1)
                                                           The Transmission Owners,
                                                           Transmission Planners, Generator
MOD-010-0                     R2.                          Owners, and Resource Planners                   MEDIUM        GO, RP, TO, TP                                                                                          A             A
                                                           (specified in the data requirements and
                                                           reporting procedures of MOD-011-0_R1)
                                                           The Transmission Owners,
                                                           Transmission Planners, Generator
MOD-012-0                     R1.                          Owners, and Resource Planners                   MEDIUM        GO, RP, TO, TP
                                                           (specified in the data requirements and
                                                           reporting procedures of MOD-013-0_R1)
                                                           The Transmission Owners,
                                                           Transmission Planners, Generator
MOD-012-0                     R2.                          Owners, and Resource Planners                   MEDIUM        GO, RP, TO, TP                                                                                          A             A
                                                           (specified in the data requirements and
                                                           reporting procedures ofand Regional
                                                           The Planning Authority MOD-013-0_R1)
                                                           Reliability Organization shall have
MOD-016-1.1                   R1.                          documentation identifying the scope             LOWER          PA, PC, RRO
                                                           and details of the actual and forecast (a)
                                                           Demand data, (b) Net Energy for Load
                                                           The aggregated and dispersed data
                                                           submittal requirements shall ensure
MOD-016-1.1                                 R1.1.          that consistent data is supplied for            LOWER          PA, PC, RRO
                                                           Reliability Standards TPL-005, TPL-006,
                                                           MOD-010, MOD-011, MOD-012, MOD-
                                                           The Regional Reliability Organization
                                                           shall distribute its documentation
MOD-016-1.1                   R2.                          required in Requirement 1 and any               LOWER             RRO
                                                           changes to that documentation, to all
                                                           Planning Authorities that work within its
                                                           The Regional Reliability Organization
MOD-016-1.1                                 R2.1.          shall make this distribution within 30          LOWER             RRO
                                                           calendar days of approval.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                           fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 43 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Planning Authority shall distribute
                                                           its documentation required in R1 for
MOD-016-1.1                   R3.                          reporting customer data and any                 LOWER              PA, PC
                                                           changes to that documentation, to its
                                                           Transmission Planners and Load-
                                                           The Planning Authority shall make this
MOD-016-1.1                                 R3.1.          distribution within 30 calendar days of         LOWER              PA, PC
                                                           approval.
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Planning
                                                           Authority and Resource Planner shall
MOD-017-0.1                   R1.                          each provide the following information          MEDIUM        LSE, PA, PC, RP
                                                           annually on an aggregated Regional,
                                                           subregional, Power Pool, individual
                                                           Integrated hourly demands in
                                                           megawatts (MW) for the prior year.
MOD-017-0.1                                 R1.1.                                                          MEDIUM        LSE, PA, PC, RP


                                                           Monthly and annual peak hour actual
                                                           demands in MW and Net Energy for
MOD-017-0.1                                 R1.2.          Load in gigawatthours (GWh) for the             MEDIUM        LSE, PA, PC, RP
                                                           prior year.
                                                           Monthly peak hour forecast demands in
                                                           MW and Net Energy for Load in GWh for
MOD-017-0.1                                 R1.3.          the next two years.                             MEDIUM        LSE, PA, PC, RP


                                                           Annual Peak hour forecast demands
                                                           (summer and winter) in MW and annual
MOD-017-0.1                                 R1.4.          Net Energy for load in GWh for at least         MEDIUM        LSE, PA, PC, RP
                                                           five years and up to ten years into the
                                                           future, as requested.
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Planning
                                                           Authority, Transmission Planner and                           LSE, PA, PC, RP,
MOD-018-0                     R1.                          Resource Planner’s report of actual and         MEDIUM
                                                                                                                               TP
                                                           forecast demand data (reported on
                                                           either an aggregated or dispersed
                                                           Indicate whether the demand data of
                                                           nonmember entities within an area or                          LSE, PA, PC, RP,
MOD-018-0                                   R1.1.                                                          MEDIUM
                                                           Regional Reliability Organization are                               TP
                                                           included, and
                                                           Address assumptions, methods, and the
                                                           manner in which uncertainties are                             LSE, PA, PC, RP,
MOD-018-0                                   R1.2.                                                          LOWER
                                                           treated in the forecasts of aggregated                              TP
                                                           peak demands and Net Energy for Load.
                                                           Items (MOD-018-0_R 1.1) and (MOD-018-
                                                           0_R 1.2) shall be addressed as                                LSE, PA, PC, RP,
MOD-018-0                                   R1.3.                                                          LOWER
                                                           described in the reporting procedures                               TP
                                                           developed for Standard MOD-016-1_R 1.
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Planning
                                                           Authority, Transmission Planner, and                          LSE, PA, PC, RP,
MOD-018-0                     R2.                          Resource Planner shall each report data         LOWER
                                                                                                                               TP
                                                           associated with Reliability Standard
                                                           MOD-018-0_R1 to Entity, Planning
                                                           The Load-Serving NERC, the Regional
                                                           Authority, Transmission Planner, and                          LSE, PA, PC, RP,
MOD-019-0.1                   R1.                          Resource Planner shall each provide             MEDIUM
                                                                                                                               TP
                                                           annually its forecasts of interruptible
                                                           demands and Direct Control Load
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Transmission
                                                           Planner, and Resource Planner shall
MOD-020-0                     R1.                          each make known its amount of                   LOWER           LSE, RP, TP
                                                           interruptible demands and Direct
                                                           Control Load Management (DCLM) to
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Transmission
                                                           Planner and Resource Planner’s
MOD-021-1                     R1.                          forecasts shall each clearly document           LOWER           LSE, RP, TP
                                                           how the Demand and energy effects of
                                                           DSMLoad-Serving Entity,conservation,
                                                           The programs (such as Transmission
                                                           Planner and Resource Planner shall
MOD-021-1                     R2.                          each include information detailing how          LOWER           LSE, RP, TP
                                                           Demand-Side Management measures
                                                           are addressed in the forecasts of its
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Transmission
                                                           Planner and Resource Planner shall
MOD-021-1                     R3.                          each make documentation on the                  LOWER           LSE, RP, TP
                                                           treatment of its DSM programs available
                                                           Each Transmission (within Provider
                                                           to NERC on request Service 30 calendar
                                                           shall include in its Available Transfer
MOD-028-1                     R1.                          Capability Implementation Document              Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           (ATCID), at a minimum, the following
                                                           Information relative to how the selected
                                                           information describing its methodology
                                                           methodology has been implemented, in
MOD-028-1                                   R1.1.          such detail that, given the same                Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           information used by the Transmission
                                                           Operator, the resultsmannerTTC
                                                           A description of the of the in which
                                                           the Transmission Operator will account
MOD-028-1                                   R1.2.                                                          Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           for Interchange Schedules in the
                                                           calculation of TTC.

                                                           Any contractual obligations for
MOD-028-1                                   R1.3.                                                          Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           allocation of TTC.


                                                           A description of the manner in which
MOD-028-1                                   R1.4.          Contingencies are identified for use in         Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           the TTC process.

                                                           The following information on how
                                                           source and sink for transmission
MOD-028-1                                   R1.5.                                                          Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           service is accounted for in ATC
                                                           calculations including:
                                                           Define if the source used for Available
                                                           Transfer Capability (ATC)
MOD-028-1                                   R1.5.1.        calculations is obtained from the source        Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           field or the Point of Receipt
                                                           Define if the sink transmission
                                                           (POR) field of the used for ATC
                                                           calculations is obtained from the sink
MOD-028-1                                   R1.5.2.        field or the Point of Delivery (POD) field      Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           of the transmission
                                                           reservation
                                                           The source/sink or POR/POD
MOD-028-1                                   R1.5.3.                                                        Pending             TSP                              x
                                                           identification and mapping to the model




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 44 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           If the Transmission Service Provider’s
                                                           ATC calculation process
MOD-028-1                                   R1.5.4.        involves a grouping of generation, the          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           ATCID must identify how
                                                           When calculating TTC for ATC the
                                                           these generators participate in Paths,
                                                           the Transmission Operator shall use a
MOD-028-1                     R2.                                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Transmission model that contains all of
                                                           the following:
                                                           Modeling data and topology of its
                                                           Reliability Coordinator’s area of
MOD-028-1                                   R2.1.          responsibility. Equivalent                      Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           representation of radial lines and
                                                           facilities data and below is (or
                                                           Modeling 161 kV or topology allowed.
                                                           equivalent representation) for
MOD-028-1                                   R2.2.                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           immediately adjacent and beyond
                                                           Reliability Coordination areas.

                                                           Facility Ratings specified by the
MOD-028-1                                   R2.3.          Generator Owners and Transmission               Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Owners.
                                                           When calculating TTCs for ATC Paths,
                                                           the Transmission Operator shall include
MOD-028-1                     R3.                          the following data for the Transmission         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Service Provider’s area. The
                                                           Transmission Operator shall also
                                                           For on-peak and off-peak intra-day and
                                                           next-day TTCs, use the following (as
MOD-028-1                                   R3.1.                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           well as any other values and additional
                                                           parameters as specified in the ATCID):
                                                           Expected generation and Transmission
                                                           outages, additions, and
MOD-028-1                                   R3.1.1.                                                        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           retirements, included as specified in the
                                                           ATCID.

                                                           Load forecast for the applicable period
MOD-028-1                                   R3.1.2.                                                        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           being calculated.

                                                           Unit commitment and dispatch order, to
                                                           include all designated
MOD-028-1                                   R3.1.3.        network resources and other resources           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           that are committed or have the
                                                           legal obligation to run, (within or out of
                                                           For days two through 31 TTCs and for
                                                           months two through 13 TTCs, use the
MOD-028-1                                   R3.2.          following (as well as any other values          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           and internal parameters as specified in
                                                           the ATCID):
                                                           Expected generation and Transmission
                                                           outages, additions, and
MOD-028-1                                   R3.2.1.                                                        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Retirements, included as specified in
                                                           the ATCID.
                                                           Daily load forecast for the days two
                                                           through 31 TTCs being
MOD-028-1                                   R3.2.2.        calculated and monthly forecast for             Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           months two through 13 months
                                                           TTCs being calculated.
                                                           Unit commitment and dispatch order, to
                                                           include all designated
MOD-028-1                                   R3.2.3.        network resources and other resources           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           that are committed or have the
                                                           legal obligation to run, (within or out of
                                                           When calculating TTCs for ATC Paths,
MOD-028-1                     R4.                          the Transmission Operator shall meet            Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           all of the following conditions:


                                                           Use all Contingencies meeting the
MOD-028-1                                   R4.1.                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           criteria described in the ATCID.


                                                           Respect any contractual allocations of
MOD-028-1                                   R4.2.                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           TTC.

                                                           Include, for each time period, the Firm
                                                           Transmission Service expected to be
MOD-028-1                                   R4.3.          scheduled as specified in the ATCID             Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           (filtered to reduce or eliminate duplicate
                                                           impacts from transactions using
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
MOD-028-1                     R5.                          establish TTC for each ATC Path as              Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           defined below:

                                                           At least once within the seven calendar
                                                           days prior to the specified period for
MOD-028-1                                   R5.1.                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           TTCs used in hourly and daily ATC
                                                           calculations.

                                                           At least once per calendar month for
MOD-028-1                                   R5.2.                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           TTCs used in monthly ATC calculations.

                                                           Within 24 hours of the unexpected
                                                           outage of a 500 kV or higher
MOD-028-1                                   R5.3.          transmission Facility or a transformer          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           with a low-side voltage of 200 kV or
                                                           higher for TTCs in effect during the
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
MOD-028-1                     R6.                          establish TTC for each ATC Path using           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           the following process:
                                                           Determine the incremental Transfer
                                                           Capability for each ATC Path by
MOD-028-1                                   R6.1.          increasing generation and/or                    Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           decreasing load within the source
                                                           Balancing Authority area and be
                                                           If the limit in step R6.1 can not
                                                           reached by adjusting any combination
MOD-028-1                                   R6.2.          of load or generation, then set the             Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           incremental Transfer Capability by the
                                                           results of the case where the maximum
                                                           Use (as the TTC) the lesser of:
                                                           - The sum of the incremental Transfer
MOD-028-1                                   R6.3.          Capability and the impacts of Firm              Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Transmission Services, as specified in
                                                           the Transmission Service




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 45 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                             2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                  - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           For ATC Paths whose capacity uses
                                                           jointly-owned or allocated Facilities,
MOD-028-1                                   R6.4.          limit TTC for each Transmission Service        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Provider so the TTC does not exceed
                                                           each Transmission Service Provider’s
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
                                                           provide the Transmission Service
MOD-028-1                     R7.                          Provider of that ATC Path with the most        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           current value for TTC for that ATC Path
                                                           no more than:
                                                           One calendar day after its determination
MOD-028-1                                   R7.1.          for TTCs used in hourly and daily ATC          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           calculations.

                                                           Seven calendar days after its
MOD-028-1                                   R7.2.          determination for TTCs used in monthly         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           ATC calculations.
                                                           When calculating Existing
                                                           Transmission Commitments (ETCs) for
MOD-028-1                     R8.                          firm commitments (ETCF) for all time           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           periods for an ATC Path the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
                                                           When calculating ETC for non-firm
                                                           commitments (ETCNF) for all time
MOD-028-1                     R9.                          periods for an ATC Path the                    Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
                                                           use the following algorithm: an ATC
                                                           When calculating firm ATC for
                                                           Path for a specified period, the
MOD-028-1                     R10.                         Transmission Service Provider shall            Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           utilize the following algorithm:
                                                                                 ATCF ATC for
                                                           When calculating non-firm = TTC – a
                                                           ATC Path for a specified period, the
MOD-028-1                     R11.                         Transmission Service Provider shall            Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           use the following algorithm:
                                                                                 ATCNF = TTC –
                                                           When calculating TTCs for ATC Paths,
                                                           the Transmission Operator shall use a
MOD-029-1a                    R1.                                                                         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Transmission model which satisfies the
                                                           following requirements:
                                                           The model utilizes data and
                                                           assumptions consistent with the time
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.                                                         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           period being studied and that meets the
                                                           following criteria:


MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.1.        Includes at least:                             Pending         TOP                           x


                                                           The Transmission Operator area.
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.1.1.      Equivalent representation of radial lines      Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           and facilities 161kV or below is allowed.

                                                           All Transmission Operator areas
                                                           contiguous with its own Transmission
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.1.2.                                                     Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Operator area. (Equivalent
                                                           representation is allowed.)
                                                           Any other Transmission Operator area
                                                           linked to the Transmission Operator’s
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.1.3.                                                     Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           area by joint operating agreement.
                                                           (Equivalent representation is allowed.

                                                           Models all system Elements as in-
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.2.        service for the assumed initial                Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           conditions.
                                                           Models all generation (may be either a
                                                           single generator or multiple
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.3.        generators) that is greater than 20 MVA        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           at the point of interconnection in the
                                                           studied phase shifters in non-regulating
                                                           Models area.
                                                           mode, unless otherwise
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.4.        specified in the Available Transfer            Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Capability Implementation
                                                           Document (ATCID).
                                                           Uses Load forecast by Balancing
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.5.                                                       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Authority.


                                                           Uses Transmission Facility additions
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.6.                                                       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           and retirements.


                                                           Uses Generation Facility additions and
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.7.                                                       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           retirements.

                                                           Uses Special Protection System (SPS)
                                                           models where currently
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.8.        existing or projected for implementation       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           within the studied time
                                                           horizon.series compensation for each
                                                           Models
                                                           line at the expected operating
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.9.                                                       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           level unless specified otherwise in the
                                                           ATCID.

                                                           Includes any other modeling
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.1.10.       requirements or criteria specified in          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           the ATCID.

                                                           Uses Facility Ratings as provided by the
MOD-029-1a                                  R1.2.          Transmission Owner and Generator               Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Owner


                                                           The Transmission Operator shall use
MOD-029-1a                    R2.                                                                         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           the following process to determine TTC:

                                                           Except where otherwise specified
                                                           within MOD-029-1, adjust base case
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.1.          generation and Load levels within the          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           updated power flow model to determine
                                                           the TTC (maximum flow or reliability




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                     fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 46 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           When modeling normal conditions, all
                                                           Transmission Elements will
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.1.1.                                                        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           be modeled at or below 100% of their
                                                           continuous rating.
                                                           When modeling contingencies the
                                                           system shall demonstrate transient,
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.1.2.        dynamic and voltage stability, with no          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Transmission Element modeled above
                                                           its Emergency Rating.

MOD-029-1a                                  R2.1.3.        Uncontrolled separation shall not occur.        Pending         TOP                           x


                                                           Where it is impossible to actually
                                                           simulate a reliability-limited flow in a
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.2.          direction counter to prevailing flows (on       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           an alternating current Transmission
                                                           For an ATC Path for the non-prevailing
                                                           line), set the TTCwhose capacity is
                                                           limited by contract, set TTC on the ATC
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.3.          Path at the lesser of the maximum               Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           allowable contract capacity or the
                                                           reliability limit as determined by R2.1.
                                                           For an ATC Path whose TTC varies due
                                                           to simultaneous interaction with one or
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.4.          more other paths, develop a nomogram            Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           describing the interaction of the paths
                                                           and the resulting TTC under shall
                                                           The Transmission Operator specified
                                                           identify when the TTC for the ATC Path
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.5.          being studied has an adverse impact on          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           the TTC value of any existing path. Do
                                                           this by modeling the flow on
                                                           Where multiple ownership ofthe path
                                                           Transmission rights exists on an ATC
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.6.          Path,                                           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           allocate TTC of that ATC Path in
                                                           accordance with the contractual
                                                           For ATC Paths whose path rating,
                                                           adjusted for seasonal variance, was
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.7.          established, known and used in                  Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           operation since January 1, 1994, and no
                                                           Create has been takenthat describes the
                                                           action a study report to have the path
                                                           steps above that were undertaken (R2.1
MOD-029-1a                                  R2.8.          – R2.7), including the contingencies and        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           assumptions used, when determining
                                                           the TTC and the results of the study.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           establish the TTC at the lesser of the
MOD-029-1a                    R3.                                                                          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           value calculated in R2 or any System
                                                           Operating Limit (SOL) for that ATC Path.
                                                           Within seven calendar days of the
                                                           finalization of the study report, the
MOD-029-1a                    R4.                          Transmission Operator shall make                Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           available to the Transmission Service
                                                           When calculating ETC for the most
                                                           Provider of the ATC Path, firm Existing
                                                           Transmission Commitments (ETCF) for
MOD-029-1a                    R5.                          a specified period for an ATC Path, the         Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
                                                           use the algorithm below:
                                                           When calculating ETC for non-firm
                                                           Existing Transmission Commitments
MOD-029-1a                    R6.                          (ETCNF) for all time horizons for an ATC        Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Path the Transmission Service Provider
                                                           shall use the followingATC for an ATC
                                                           When calculating firm algorithm:
                                                           Path for a specified period, the
MOD-029-1a                    R7.                          Transmission Service Provider shall             Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           use the following algorithm:
                                                             ATCF = TTC – ETCF – CBM – for an
                                                           When calculating non-firm ATC TRM +
                                                           ATC Path for a specified period, the
MOD-029-1a                    R8.                          Transmission Service Provider shall             Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           use the following algorithm:
                                                                                     ATCNF =
                                                           The Transmission Service ProviderTTC
                                                           shall include in its ―Available Transfer
MOD-030-2                     R1.                                                                          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Capability Implementation Document‖
                                                           (ATCID):
                                                           The criteria used by the Transmission
                                                           Operator to identify sets of
MOD-030-2                                   R1.1.          Transmission Facilities as Flowgates            Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           that are to be considered in Available
                                                           Flowgate Capability (AFC) on how
                                                           The following information calculations.
                                                           source and sink for transmission
MOD-030-2                                   R1.2.                                                          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           service is accounted for in AFC
                                                           calculations including:
                                                           Define if the source used for AFC
                                                           calculations is obtained from the source
MOD-030-2                                   R1.2.1.                                                        Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           field or the Point of Receipt (POR) field
                                                           of the transmission reservation.
                                                           Define if the sink used for AFC
                                                           calculations is obtained from the sink
MOD-030-2                                   R1.2.2.                                                        Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           field or the Point of Delivery (POD) field
                                                           of the transmission reservation.

                                                           The source/sink or POR/POD
MOD-030-2                                   R1.2.3.                                                        Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           identification and mapping to the model.

                                                           If the Transmission Service Provider’s
                                                           AFC calculation process involves a
MOD-030-2                                   R1.2.4.        grouping of generators, the ATCID must          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           identify how these generators
                                                           participate in the group.
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
MOD-030-2                     R2.                          perform the following: [Violation Risk          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Factor:

                                                           Include Flowgates used in the AFC
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.          process based, at a minimum, on the             Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           following criteria:
                                                           Results of a first Contingency transfer
                                                           analysis for ATC Paths internal to a
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.1.        Transmission Operator’s system up to            Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           the path capability such that at a
                                                           minimum the first three limiting




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 47 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                               2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                                Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                       Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                    - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Use first Contingency criteria
                                                           consistent with those first Contingency
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.1.1.      criteria used in planning of operations          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           for the applicable time periods,
                                                           including use of Special Protection
                                                           Only the most limiting element in a
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.1.2.      series configuration needs to                    Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           be included as a Flowgate.
                                                           If any limiting element is kept within its
                                                           limit for its associated worst
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.1.3.      Contingency by operating within the              Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           limits of another Flowgate, then no new
                                                           Flowgate needs to be established for
                                                           Results of a first Contingency transfer
                                                           analysis from all adjacent Balancing
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.2.        Authority source and sink (as defined in         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           the ATCID) combinations up to the path
                                                           Use first Contingency a minimum the
                                                           capability such that at criteria
                                                           consistent with those first Contingency
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.2.1.      criteria used in planning of operations          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           for the applicable time periods,
                                                           including use of Special Protection
                                                           Only the most limiting element in a
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.2.2.      series configuration needs to be                 Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           included as a Flowgate.
                                                           If any limiting element is kept within its
                                                           limit for its associated worst
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.2.3.      Contingency by operating within the              Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           limits of another Flowgate, then no new
                                                           Flowgate needs to be established
                                                           Any limiting Element/Contingency for
                                                           combination at least within its
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.3.        Reliability Coordinator’s Area that has          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           been subjected to an
                                                           Interconnection-wide congestion
                                                           Any limiting Element/Contingency
                                                           combination within the Transmission
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.4.        model that has been requested to be              Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           included by any other Transmission
                                                           The coordination using the Flowgate
                                                           Service Provider of the limiting
                                                           Element/Contingency combination is
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.4.1.      not already addressed through a                  Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           different methodology, and
                                                              - limiting Element/Contingency
                                                           TheAny generator within the
                                                           combination is included in the
MOD-030-2                                   R2.1.4.2.                                                       Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           requesting Transmission Service
                                                           Provider’s methodology.
                                                           At a minimum, establish a list of
                                                           Flowgates by creating, modifying, or
MOD-030-2                                   R2.2.                                                           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           deleting Flowgate definitions at least
                                                           once per calendar year.
                                                           At a minimum, establish a list of
                                                           Flowgates by creating, modifying, or
MOD-030-2                                   R2.3.          deleting Flowgates that have been                Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           requested as part of R2.1.4 within thirty
                                                           EstablishdaysTFC of each of the defined
                                                           calendar the from the request.
                                                           Flowgates as equal to:              - For
MOD-030-2                                   R2.4.          thermal limits, the System Operating             Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Limit (SOL) of the Flowgate.
                                                           - For voltage or stability limits, the flow
                                                           At a minimum, establish the TFC once
MOD-030-2                                   R2.5.                                                           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           per calendar year.

                                                           If notified of a change in the Rating by
                                                           the Transmission Owner that would
MOD-030-2                                   R2.5.1.        affect the TFC of a flowgate used in the         Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           AFC process, the TFC should be
                                                           updated within seven calendar days of
                                                           Provide the Transmission Service
MOD-030-2                                   R2.6.          Provider with the TFCs within seven              Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           calendar days of their establishment.
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall make
                                                           available to the Transmission Service
MOD-030-2                     R3.                          Provider a Transmission model to                 Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           determine Available Flowgate
                                                           Capability (AFC) thatFacilitythe
                                                           Contains generation meets Ratings,
                                                           such as generation maximum and
MOD-030-2                                   R3.1.          minimum output levels, specified by the          Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Generator Owners of the Facilities
                                                           within the model.
                                                           Updated at least once per day for AFC
MOD-030-2                                   R3.2.          calculations for intra-day, next day, and        Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           days two through 30.

                                                           Updated at least once per month for
MOD-030-2                                   R3.3.          AFC calculations for months two                  Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           through 13.
                                                           Contains modeling data and system
                                                           topology for the Facilities within its
MOD-030-2                                   R3.4.          Reliability Coordinator’s Area.                  Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           Equivalent representation of radial lines
                                                           and Facilities161kVdata and system
                                                           Contains modeling or below is allowed.
                                                           topology (or equivalent representation)
MOD-030-2                                   R3.5.                                                           Pending         TOP                           x
                                                           for immediately adjacent and beyond
                                                           Reliability Coordination Areas.
                                                           When calculating AFCs, the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
MOD-030-2                     R4.                          represent the impact of Transmission             Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Service as follows:
                                                                 - If the source, as specified in the
                                                           When calculating AFCs, the
MOD-030-2                     R5.                                                                           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall:


                                                           Use the models provided by the
MOD-030-2                                   R5.1.                                                           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Operator.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                       fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 48 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Include in the transmission model
                                                           expected generation and Transmission
MOD-030-2                                   R5.2.          outages, additions, and retirements             Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           within the scope of the model as
                                                           specified in the ATCID and in effect
                                                           For external Flowgates, identified in
                                                           R2.1.4, use the AFC provided by the
MOD-030-2                                   R5.3.                                                          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Service Provider that
                                                           calculates AFC for that Flowgate.
                                                           When calculating the impact of ETC for
                                                           firm commitments (ETCFi) for all time
MOD-030-2                     R6.                          periods for a Flowgate, the                     Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
                                                           sumimpact of firm Network Integration
                                                           The the following:
                                                           Transmission Service, including the
MOD-030-2                                   R6.1.          impacts of generation to load, in the           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           model referenced in R5.2 for the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider’s area,
                                                           Load forecast for the time period being
MOD-030-2                                   R6.1.1.        calculated, including Native Load and           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Network Service load
                                                           Unit commitment and Dispatch Order, to
                                                           include all designated network
MOD-030-2                                   R6.1.2.        resources and other resources that are          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           committed or have the legal obligation
                                                           The impact of any in the Transmission
                                                           to run as specifiedfirm Network
                                                           Integration Transmission Service,
MOD-030-2                                   R6.2.          including the impacts of generation to          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           load in the model referenced in R5.2 and
                                                           has a distribution factor equal to or
                                                           Load forecast for the time period being
MOD-030-2                                   R6.2.1.        calculated, including Native Load and           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Network Service load
                                                           Unit commitment and Dispatch Order, to
                                                           include all designated network
MOD-030-2                                   R6.2.2.        resources and other resources that are          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           committed or have the legal obligation
                                                           to run as specified in the Transmission
                                                           The impact of all confirmed firm Point-
                                                           to-Point Transmission Service expected
MOD-030-2                                   R6.3.          to be scheduled, including roll-over            Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           rights for Firm Transmission Service
                                                           The impact of the Transmission Service
                                                           contracts, for any confirmed firm Point-
                                                           to-Point Transmission Service expected
MOD-030-2                                   R6.4.          to be scheduled, filtered to reduce or          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           eliminate duplicate impacts from
                                                           transactions using Transmission
                                                           The impact of any Grandfathered firm
                                                           obligations expected to be scheduled or
MOD-030-2                                   R6.5.                                                          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           expected to flow for the Transmission
                                                           Service Provider’s area.
                                                           The impact of any Grandfathered firm
                                                           obligations expected to be scheduled or
MOD-030-2                                   R6.6.          expected to flow that have a distribution       Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           factor equal to or greater than the
                                                           percentage3 used to curtail in the
                                                           The impact of other firm services
MOD-030-2                                   R6.7.          determined by the Transmission Service          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Provider.
                                                           When calculating the impact of ETC for
                                                           non-firm commitments (ETCNFi) for all
MOD-030-2                     R7.                          time periods for a Flowgate the                 Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
                                                           sum:
                                                           The impact of all confirmed non-firm
                                                           Point-to-Point Transmission Service
MOD-030-2                                   R7.1.                                                          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           expected to be scheduled for the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider’s area.
                                                           The impact of any confirmed non-firm
                                                           Point-to-Point Transmission Service
MOD-030-2                                   R7.2.          expected to be scheduled, filtered to           Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           reduce or eliminate duplicate impacts
                                                           fromimpact of any Grandfathered non-
                                                           The transactions using Transmission
                                                           firm obligations expected to be
MOD-030-2                                   R7.3.                                                          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           scheduled or expected to flow for the
                                                           Transmission Service Provider’s area.
                                                           The impact of any Grandfathered non-
                                                           firm obligations expected to be
MOD-030-2                                   R7.4.          scheduled or expected to flow that have         Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           a distribution factor equal to or greater
                                                           The the
                                                           thanimpact of non-firm Network
                                                           Integration Transmission Service
MOD-030-2                                   R7.5.          serving Load                                    Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           within the Transmission Service
                                                           Provider’s area (i.e., secondary service),
                                                           The impact of any non-firm Network
                                                           Integration Transmission Service
MOD-030-2                                   R7.6.          (secondary                                      Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           service) with a distribution factor equal
                                                           to or greater than the percentage6 used
                                                           The impact of other non-firm services
MOD-030-2                                   R7.7.          determined by the Transmission Service          Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           Provider.
                                                           When calculating firm AFC for a
                                                           Flowgate for a specified period, the
MOD-030-2                     R8.                          Transmission Service Provider shall             Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           use the following algorithm (subject to
                                                           When calculating non-firm AFC in a
                                                           allocation processes described forthe
                                                           Flowgate for a specified period, the
MOD-030-2                     R9.                          Transmission Service Provider shall             Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           use the following algorithm (subject to
                                                           allocation processes described in the
                                                           Each Transmission Service Provider
                                                           shall recalculate AFC, utilizing the
MOD-030-2                     R10.                         updated models described in R3.2, R3.3,         Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           and R5, at a minimum on the following
                                                           frequency, AFC, once per hour.
                                                           For hourly unless none of the
                                                           Transmission Service Providers are
MOD-030-2                                   R10.1.         allowed up to                                   Pending         TSP                           x
                                                           175 hours per calendar year during
                                                           which calculations are not required to be




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 49 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk      Functions                                                           Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor          Monitored                                                           Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual (A)       Annual (A)


MOD-030-2                                   R10.2.         For daily AFC, once per day.                   Pending             TSP                               x




MOD-030-2                                   R10.3.         For monthly AFC, once per week                 Pending             TSP                               x


                                                           When converting Flowgate AFCs to
                                                           ATCs for ATC Paths, the Transmission
MOD-030-2                     R11.                         Service Provider shall convert those           Pending             TSP                               x
                                                           values based on the following
                                                           algorithm:             ATC = min(P)

                                                           NUCLEAR


                                                           The Nuclear Plant Generator Operator           LOWER
                                                           shall provide the proposed NPIRs in                          Nuclear GO and
NUC-001-2                     R1.                          writing to the applicable Transmission                                                                             x
                                                                                                                         Nuclear GOP
                                                           Entities and shall verify receipt
                                                           The Nuclear Plant Generator Operator           MEDIUM        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           and the applicable Transmission                                Transmission
NUC-001-2                     R2.                          Entities shall have in effect one or more                    Entities that can                                     x
                                                           Agreements[FN1] that include mutually                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           Per the Agreements document how
                                                           agreed to NPIRs and developed in the           MEDIUM         GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Transmission
                                                           accordance with this standard, the                           Entities that can
NUC-001-2                     R3.                          applicable Transmission Entities shall                       include: BA, DP,                                      x
                                                           incorporate the NPIRs into their                              GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           Per the Agreements developed in system
                                                           planning analyses of the electric               HIGH          PA, PC, RC, TO,
                                                                                                                          Transmission
                                                           accordance with this standard, the                           Entities that can
NUC-001-2                     R4.                          applicable Transmission Entities shall:                      include: BA, DP,         x
                                                                                                                         GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           Incorporate the NPIRs into their                              PA, PC, RC, TO,
                                                                                                                          Transmission
                                                           operating analyses of the electric          Part of Main     Entities that can
NUC-001-2                                   R4.1.          system.                                                      include: BA, DP,         x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                         GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           Operate the electric system to meet the                       PA, PC, RC, TO,
                                                                                                                          Transmission
                                                           NPIRs.                                      Part of Main     Entities that can
NUC-001-2                                   R4.2.                                                                       include: BA, DP,         x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                         GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           Inform the Nuclear Plant Generator                            PA, PC, RC, TO,
                                                                                                                          Transmission
                                                           Operator when the ability to assess the     Part of Main     Entities that can
NUC-001-2                                   R4.3.          operation of the electric system                             include: BA, DP,         x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                           affecting NPIRs is lost.                                      GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           The Nuclear Plant Generator Operator            HIGH          PA, PC, RC, TO,
                                                           shall operate per the Agreements                             Nuclear GO and
NUC-001-2                     R5.                          developed in accordance with this                                                     x
                                                                                                                         Nuclear GOP
                                                           standard.
                                                           Per the Agreements developed in                MEDIUM        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           accordance with this standard, the                             Transmission
NUC-001-2                     R6.                          applicable Transmission Entities and                         Entities that can                                     x
                                                           the Nuclear Plant Generator Operator                         include: BA, DP,
                                                           shall coordinate outages and
                                                           Per the Agreements developed in                 HIGH          GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           accordance with this standard, the                           Nuclear GO and
NUC-001-2                     R7.                          Nuclear Plant Generator Operator shall                                                                             x
                                                                                                                         Nuclear GOP
                                                           inform the applicable Transmission
                                                           Per the of actual or developed in
                                                           EntitiesAgreements proposed changes             HIGH           Transmission
                                                           accordance with this standard, the                           Entities that can
NUC-001-2                     R8.                          applicable Transmission Entities shall                       include: BA, DP,                                      x
                                                           inform the Nuclear Plant Generator                            GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                           The Nuclear Plant or proposed changes
                                                           Operator of actual Generator Operator          MEDIUM         PA, PC, RC, and
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOPTO,
                                                           and the applicable Transmission                                Transmission
NUC-001-2                     R9.                          Entities shall include, as a minimum,                        Entities that can                                     x
                                                           the following elements within the                            include: BA, DP,
                                                           agreement(s) identified in R2:
                                                           Administrative elements:                                      GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                                                                       Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.1.                                                                       Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           Definitions of key terms used in the                          GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           agreement.                                  Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.1.1.                                                                     Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           Names of the responsible entities,                            GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           organizational relationships, and           Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.1.2.        responsibilities related to the NPIRs.                       Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           A requirement to review the                                   GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           agreement(s) at least every three years.    Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.1.3.                                                                     Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           A dispute resolution mechanism.                               GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                                                                       Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.1.4.                                                                     Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           Technical requirements and analysis:                          GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                                                                       Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.2.                                                                       Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           Identification of parameters, limits,                         GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           configurations, and operating scenarios     Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.2.1.        included in the NPIRs and, as                                Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                           applicable, procedures for providing                         include: BA, DP,
                                                           any specific data not provided within
                                                           Identification of facilities, components,                     GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           and configuration restrictions that are     Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.2.2.        essential for meeting the NPIRs.                             Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                           Types of planning and operational                             GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           analyses performed specifically to          Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.2.3.        support the NPIRs, including the                             Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                           frequency of studies and types of                            include: BA, DP,
                                                           Contingencies and scenarios required.
                                                           Operations and maintenance                                    GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                           coordination:                               Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                   R9.3.                                                                       Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                       Requirement
                                                                                                                        include: BA, DP,
                                                                                                                         GO, GOP, LSE,




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 50 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                Supporting                                                                                      2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                               Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                           Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                 Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                     Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                 Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                           Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                Number                                                                                           - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                            Designation of ownership of electrical                        Nuclear GOP and
                                                            facilities at the interface between the      Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.1.        electric system and the nuclear plant                         Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            and responsibilities for operational                          include: BA, DP,
                                                            Identification of any and maintenance
                                                            control coordinationmaintenance                                GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            requirements for equipment not owned         Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.2.        or controlled by the Nuclear Plant                            Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            Generator Operator that are necessary                         include: BA, DP,
                                                            to meet the NPIRs.
                                                            Coordination of testing, calibration and                       GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            maintenance of on-site and off-site          Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.3.        power supply systems and related                              Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            components.                                                   include: BA, DP,
                                                            Provisions to address mitigating                               GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            actions needed to avoid violating NPIRs      Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.4.        and to address periods when                                   Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            responsible Transmission Entity loses                         include: BA, DP,
                                                            Provision to considering, within the
                                                            the ability for assess the capability of                       GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            restoration process, the requirements        Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.5.        and urgency of a nuclear plant that has                       Entities that can                       x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            lost all off-site and on-site AC power.                       include: BA, DP,
                                                            Coordination of physical and cyber                             GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            security protection of the Bulk Electric     Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.6.        System at the nuclear plant interface to                      Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            ensure each asset is covered under at                         include: BA, DP,
                                                            least one entity’s plan.
                                                            Coordination of the NPIRs with                                 GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            transmission system Special Protection       Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.3.7.        Systems and underfrequency and                                Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            undervoltage load shedding programs.                          include: BA, DP,
                                                            Communications and training:                                   GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                                                                         Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.4.                                                                        Entities that can                       x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                                                                                          include: BA, DP,
                                                            Provisions for communications between                          GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            the Nuclear Plant Generator Operator         Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.4.1.        and Transmission Entities, including                          Entities that can                       x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            communications protocols, notification                        include: BA, DP,
                                                            time requirements, and definitions of
                                                            Provisions for coordination during an                          GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            off-normal or emergency event affecting      Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.4.2.        the NPIRs, including the need to provide                      Entities that can                                     x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            timely information explaining the event,                      include: BA, DP,
                                                            an estimate of when the system will be
                                                            Provisions for coordinating                                    GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            investigations of causes of unplanned        Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.4.3.        events affecting the NPIRs and                                Entities that can                       x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                            developing solutions to minimize future                       include: BA, DP,
                                                            risk of such events.
                                                            Provisions for supplying information                           GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            necessary to report to government            Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.4.4.        agencies, as related to NPIRs.                                Entities that can                       x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                                                                                          include: BA, DP,
                                                            Provisions for personnel training, as                          GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                                                                                          Nuclear GOP and
                                                            related to NPIRs.                            Part of Main       Transmission
NUC-001-2                                    R9.4.5.                                                                      Entities that can                       x
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                                                                                          include: BA, DP,
                                                                                                                           GO, GOP, LSE,
                                                            PERSONNEL PERFORMANCE,
                                                            TRAINING AND QUALIFICATIONS

                                                            Each Transmission Operator and
                                                            Balancing Authority shall provide
PER-001-0.1                    R1.                          operating personnel with the                     HIGH             BA, TOP                             x
                                                            responsibility and authority to
                                                            Each Transmission actions and
                                                            implement real-timeOperatorto ensure
                                                            Balancing Authority shall be staffed
PER-002-0                      R1.                                                                           HIGH             BA, TOP                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            with adequately trained operating
                                                            personnel.
                                                            Each Transmission Operator and
                                                            Balancing Authority shall have a
PER-002-0                      R2.                                                                           HIGH             BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            training program for all operating
                                                            personnel that are in:
                                                            Positions that have the primary
                                                            responsibility, either directly or through
PER-002-0                                    R2.1.          communications with others, for the              HIGH             BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            real-time operation of the
                                                            interconnected Bulk Electric System.
                                                            Positions directly responsible for
PER-002-0                                    R2.2.                                                           HIGH             BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            complying with NERC standards.

                                                            For personnel identified in Requirement
                                                            R2, the Transmission Operator and
PER-002-0                      R3.                          Balancing Authority shall provide a              HIGH             BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            training program meeting the following
                                                            criteria: training program objectives
                                                            A set of
                                                            must be defined, based on NERC and
PER-002-0                                    R3.1.          Regional Reliability Organization               MEDIUM            BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            standards, entity operating procedures,
                                                            and applicable regulatory requirements.
                                                            The training program must include a
                                                            plan for the initial and continuing
PER-002-0                                    R3.2.          training of Transmission Operator and           MEDIUM            BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            Balancing Authority operating
                                                            personnel. That plan shall address
                                                            The training program must include
                                                            training time for all Transmission
PER-002-0                                    R3.3.          Operator and Balancing Authority                LOWER             BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            operating personnel to ensure their
                                                            operating proficiency.
                                                            Training staff must be identified, and
                                                            the staff must be competent in both
PER-002-0                                    R3.4.                                                          LOWER             BA, TOP              x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            knowledge of system operations and
                                                            instructional capabilities.
                                                            For personnel identified in Requirement
PER-002-0 (retired                                          R2, each Transmission Operator and
                               R4.                          Balancing Authority shall provide its            HIGH             BA, TOP                                                                     A                                                                                    X
4/1/2011)
                                                            operating personnel at least five days
                                                            per year of training and drills using
                                                            Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                            Authority, and Reliability Coordinator
PER-003-0                      R1.                          shall staff all operating positions that         HIGH           BA, RC, TOP                                                                                                                            ER
                                                            meet both of the following criteria with
                                                            personnel that are NERC-certified for




         Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                              fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 51 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                 Supporting                                                                                 2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                Requirement                                                               Violation Risk    Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                  Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                  Number                                                                      Factor        Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                 Number                                                                                      - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                             Positions that have the primary
                                                             responsibility, either directly or through
PER-003-0                                     R1.1.          communications with others, for the              HIGH         BA, RC, TOP                                                                                                                         ER
                                                             real-time operation of the
                                                             interconnected Bulk Electric System.
                                                             Positions directly responsible for
PER-003-0                                     R1.2.                                                           HIGH         BA, RC, TOP                                                                                                                         ER
                                                             complying with NERC standards.

                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator shall be
                                                             staffed with adequately trained and
PER-004-1 (retired
                                R1.                          NERC-certified Reliability Coordinator           HIGH             RC                                                                                                                                                          X
4/1/2011)
                                                             operators, 24 hours per day, seven days
                                                             per week.
                                                             All Reliability Coordinator operating
PER-004-1 (retired                                           personnel shall each complete a
                                R2.                          minimum of five days per year of                 HIGH             RC
4/1/2011)
                                                             training and drills using realistic
                                                             simulations of system emergencies, in
                                                             Reliability Coordinator operating
                                                             personnel shall have a comprehensive
PER-004-1                       R3.                          understanding of the Reliability                 HIGH             RC
                                                             Coordinator Area and interactions with
                                                             Reliability Coordinator Coordinator
                                                             neighboring Reliability operating
                                                             personnel shall have an extensive
PER-004-1                       R4.                          understanding of the Balancing                   HIGH             RC
                                                             Authorities, Transmission Operators,
                                                             and Generation Operators within
                                                             Reliability Coordinator operating the
PER-004-1 (retired                                           personnel shall place particular
                                R5.                          attention on SOLs and IROLs and inter-           HIGH             RC
4/1/2011)
                                                             tie facility limits. The Reliability
                                                             Coordinator shall ensure protocols are
                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator shall be
                                                             staffed with adequately trained and
PER-004-2                       R1.                          NERC-certified Reliability Coordinator          Pending           RC
                                                             operators, 24 hours per day, seven days
                                                             per week. Coordinator operating
                                                             Reliability
                                                             personnel shall place particular
PER-004-2                       R2.                          attention on SOLs and IROLs and inter-          Pending           RC
                                                             tie facility limits. The Reliability
                                                             Coordinator shall ensure protocols are
                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                     R1.                                     shall use a systematic approach to              MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             training to establish a training program
                                                             for the BES company-specificBalancing
                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator, reliability-
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                                              R1.1.          shall create a list of BES company-             MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             specific reliability-related tasks
                                                             Each Reliability System Operators.
                                                             performed by itsCoordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                                              R1.1.1.        shall update its list of BES company-           MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             specific reliability-related tasks
                                                             Each Reliability System Operators each
                                                             performed by itsCoordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                                              R1.2.          shall design and develop learning               MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             objectives and training materials based
                                                             Each Reliabilitycreated in R1.1.
                                                             on the task list Coordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                                              R1.3.                                                          MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)                                         shall deliver the training established in
                                                             R1.2.
                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                                              R1.4.          shall conduct an annual evaluation of           MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             the training program established in R1,
                                                             to identify any needed changes to the
                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                     R2.                                     shall verify each of its System                  HIGH         BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             Operator’s capabilities to perform each
                                                             assigned task identified in R1.1 at least
                                                             Within six months of a modification of
PER-005-1                                                    the BES company-specific reliability-
                                              R2.1.          related tasks, each Reliability                  HIGH         BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2013)
                                                             Coordinator, Balancing Authority and
                                                             At least every Operator shall verify each
                                                             Transmission 12 months each
PER-005-1                                                    Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
                     R3.                                     Authority and Transmission Operator             MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP                                      x
(effective 4/1/2011)
                                                             shall provide each of its System
                                                             Operators with at least 32 hours of
                                                             Each Reliability Coordinator, Balancing
PER-005-1                                                    Authority and Transmission Operator
                                              R3.1           that has operational authority or control       MEDIUM        BA, RC, TOP
(effective 4/1/2014)
                                                             over Facilities with established IROLs
                                                             or has established operating guides or

                                                             PROTECTION AND CONTROL


                                                             Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                             Authority, and Generator Operator shall
PRC-001-1                       R1.                          be familiar with the purpose and                 HIGH         BA, GOP, TOP        x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                             limitations of protection system
                                                             schemes applied in its area.

                                                             Each Generator Operator and
                                                             Transmission Operator shall notify
PRC-001-1                       R2.                                                                           HIGH          GOP, TOP                          x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             reliability entities of relay or equipment
                                                             failures as follows:
                                                             If a protective relay or equipment failure
                                                             reduces system reliability, the
PRC-001-1                                     R2.1.          Generator Operator shall notify its              HIGH             GOP             x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                             Transmission Operator and Host
                                                             Balancing Authority. The Generator
                                                             If a protective relay or equipment failure
                                                             reduces system reliability, the
PRC-001-1                                     R2.2.          Transmission Operator shall notify its           HIGH             TOP             x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                             Reliability Coordinator and affected
                                                             A Generator Operator or and Balancing
                                                             Transmission Operators Transmission
                                                             Operator shall coordinate new                  No VRF
PRC-001-1                       R3.                                                                                         GOP, TOP                          x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             protective systems and changes as              Assigned
                                                             follows.
                                                             Each Generator Operator shall
                                                             coordinate all new protective systems
PRC-001-1                                     R3.1.          and all protective system changes with           HIGH             GOP             x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                             its Transmission Operator and Host
                                                             Balancing Authority.

          Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                         fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 52 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                               Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                 Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                    Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                 Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                            Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                            coordinate all new protective systems
PRC-001-1                                    R3.2.          and all protective system changes with           HIGH               TOP               x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            neighboring Transmission Operators
                                                            and Balancing Authorities. shall
                                                            Each Transmission Operator
                                                            coordinate protection systems on major
PRC-001-1                      R4.                          transmission lines and interconnections          HIGH               TOP                              x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            with neighboring Generator Operators,
                                                            Transmission Operators, and Balancing
                                                            A Generator Operator or Transmission
                                                            Operator shall coordinate changes in
PRC-001-1                      R5.                          generation, transmission, load or                HIGH            GOP, TOP                            x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            operating conditions that could require
                                                            Each Generator Operator systems of
                                                            changes in the protection shall notify its
                                                            Transmission Operator in advance of
PRC-001-1                                    R5.1.          changes in generation or operating               HIGH              GOP                               x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            conditions that could require changes
                                                            in theTransmission Operator shall
                                                            Each Transmission Operator’s
                                                            notify neighboring Transmission
PRC-001-1                                    R5.2.          Operators in advance of changes in               HIGH               TOP                              x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            generation, transmission, load, or
                                                            operating conditions that could require
                                                            Each Transmission Operator and
                                                            Balancing Authority shall monitor the
PRC-001-1                      R6.                          status of each Special Protection                HIGH             BA, TOP                            x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            System in their area, and shall notify
                                                            affected Transmission Operators and
                                                            The Transmission Owner and any
                                                            Distribution Provider that owns a
                                                            transmission Protection System shall
                                                            each analyze its transmission
                                                            Protection System Misoperations and
PRC-004-1 (PRC-                                             shall develop and implement a
                      R1.                                                                                    HIGH             DP, TO                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
004-2 R1 Eff. 4/1/12)                                       Corrective Action Plan to avoid future
                                                            Misoperations of a similar nature
                                                            according to the Regional Reliability
                                                            Organization’s procedures developed
                                                            for Reliability Standard PRC-003
                                                            Requirement 1.

                                                            The Generator Owner shall analyze its
                                                            generator Protection System
                                                            Misoperations, and shall develop and
                                                            implement a Corrective Action Plan to
PRC-004-1                      R2.                                                                           HIGH               GO                               x                                                                                                                            X
                                                            avoid future Misoperations of a similar
                                                            nature according to the Regional
                                                            Reliability Organization’s procedures
                                                            developed for PRC-003 R1.

                                                            The Transmission Owner, any
                                                            Distribution Provider that owns a
                                                            transmission Protection System, and
PRC-004-1                      R3.                          the Generator Owner shall each provide          LOWER           DP, GO, TO                           x
                                                            to its Regional Reliability Organization,
                                                            documentation of its Misoperations
                                                            The Transmission OwnerAction Plans
                                                            analyses and Corrective and any
                                                            Distribution Provider that owns a
PRC-004-2                                                   transmission Protection System shall
                               R1.                          each analyze its transmission                    HIGH             DP, TO
effective 4/1/2012
                                                            Protection System Misoperations and
                                                            shall develop and implement a
                                                            Corrective Action Plan to avoid future
                                                            The Generator Owner shall analyze its
                                                            generator Protection System
PRC-004-2                                                   Misoperations, and shall develop and
                               R2.                          implement a Corrective Action Plan to            HIGH               GO
effective 4/1/2013
                                                            avoid future Misoperations of a similar
                                                            nature according to the Regional
                                                            Entity’s procedures.
                                                            The Transmission Owner, any
                                                            Distribution Provider that owns a
PRC-004-2                                                   transmission Protection System, and
                               R3.                          the Generator Owner shall each provide          LOWER           DP, GO, TO
effective 4/1/2014
                                                            to its Regional Entity, documentation of
                                                            its Misoperations analyses and
                                                            Each Transmission Owner and any to
                                                            Corrective Action Plans according
                                                            Distribution Provider that owns a
PRC-005-1                      R1.                          transmission Protection System and               HIGH           DP, GO, TO                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            each Generator Owner that owns a
                                                            generation Protection System shall have
                                                            Maintenance and testing intervals and
PRC-005-1                                    R1.1.                                                           HIGH           DP, GO, TO                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            their basis.


                                                            Summary of maintenance and testing
PRC-005-1                                    R1.2.                                                           HIGH           DP, GO, TO                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                            procedures.

                                                            Each Transmission Owner and any
                                                            Distribution Provider that owns a
PRC-005-1                      R2.                          transmission Protection System and              LOWER           DP, GO, TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            each Generator Owner that owns a
                                                            generation Protection System shall
                                                            Evidence Protection System devices
PRC-005-1                                    R2.1.          were maintained and tested within the            HIGH           DP, GO, TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            defined intervals.


                                                            Date each Protection System device
PRC-005-1                                    R2.2.                                                           HIGH           DP, GO, TO            x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                            was last tested/maintained.

                                                            The Transmission Owner and
                                                            Distribution Provider with a UFLS
PRC-007-0                      R1.                          program (as required by its Regional            MEDIUM            DP, TO
                                                            Reliability Organization) shall ensure
                                                            The its UFLS program is consistent with
                                                            that Transmission Owner, Transmission
                                                            Operator, Distribution Provider, and
                                                            Load-Serving Entity that owns or
                                                            operates a UFLS program (as required
PRC-007-0                      R2.                                                                          LOWER         DP, LSE, TO, TOP                                                                                          A             A
                                                            by its Regional Reliability Organization)
                                                            shall provide, and annually update, its
                                                            underfrequency data as necessary for
                                                            its Regional Reliability Organization to
                                                            maintain and update a UFLS program




         Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 53 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                     2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk      Functions                                                          Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement                Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor          Monitored                                                          Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                          - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Transmission Owner and
                                                           Distribution Provider that owns a UFLS
PRC-007-0                     R3.                          program (as required by its Regional            LOWER             DP, TO
                                                           Reliability Organization) shall provide
                                                           its documentation of that UFLS program
                                                           The Transmission Owner and
                                                           Distribution Provider with a UFLS
                                                           program (as required by its Regional
                                                           Reliability Organization) shall have a
                                                           UFLS equipment maintenance and
PRC-008-0                     R1.                          testing program in place. This UFLS             MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           equipment maintenance and testing
                                                           program shall include UFLS equipment
                                                           identification, the schedule for UFLS
                                                           equipment testing, and the schedule for
                                                           UFLS equipment maintenance.

                                                           The Transmission Owner and
                                                           Distribution Provider with a UFLS
PRC-008-0                     R2.                          program (as required by its Regional            MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           Reliability Organization) shall
                                                           implement its UFLS equipment
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Transmission
                                                           Operator, Load-Serving Entity, and
PRC-009-0                     R1.                          Distribution Provider that owns or              MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           operates a UFLS program (as required
                                                           by its Regional Reliability Organization)
                                                           A description of the event including
PRC-009-0                                   R1.1.                                                          MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           initiating conditions.


                                                           A review of the UFLS set points and
PRC-009-0                                   R1.2.                                                          MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           tripping times.



PRC-009-0                                   R1.3.          A simulation of the event.                      MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP




PRC-009-0                                   R1.4.          A summary of the findings.                      MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP


                                                           The Transmission Owner, Transmission
                                                           Operator, Load-Serving Entity, and
PRC-009-0                     R2.                          Distribution Provider that owns or              LOWER         DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           operates a UFLS program (as required
                                                           by its Regional Reliability Organization)
                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Transmission
                                                           Owner, Transmission Operator, and
PRC-010-0                     R1.                          Distribution Provider that owns or              MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           operates a UVLS program shall
                                                           periodically (at least every five years or
                                                           This assessment shall include, but is
PRC-010-0                                   R1.1.                                                          MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           not limited to:

                                                           Coordination of the UVLS programs with
                                                           other protection and control systems in
PRC-010-0                                   R1.1.1.                                                        MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           the Region and with other Regional
                                                           Reliability Organizations, as appropriate.
                                                           Simulations that demonstrate that the
                                                           UVLS programs performance is
PRC-010-0                                   R1.1.2.        consistent with Reliability Standards           MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           TPL-001-0, TPL-002-0, TPL-003-0 and
                                                           TPL-004-0.
                                                           A review of the voltage set points and
PRC-010-0                                   R1.1.3.                                                        MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           timing.

                                                           The Load-Serving Entity, Transmission
                                                           Owner, Transmission Operator, and
PRC-010-0                     R2.                          Distribution Provider that owns or              LOWER         DP, LSE, TO, TOP
                                                           operates a UVLS program shall provide
                                                           documentation of its current UVLS
                                                           The Transmission Owner and
                                                           Distribution Provider that owns a UVLS
PRC-011-0                     R1.                          system shall have a UVLS equipment              MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X
                                                           maintenance and testing program in
                                                           place. This program shall include:
                                                           The UVLS system identification which
PRC-011-0                                   R1.1.                                                          MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X
                                                           shall include but is not limited to:



PRC-011-0                                   R1.1.1.        Relays.                                         MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X




PRC-011-0                                   R1.1.2.        Instrument transformers.                        MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X



                                                           Communications systems, where
PRC-011-0                                   R1.1.3.                                                        MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X
                                                           appropriate.



PRC-011-0                                   R1.1.4.        Batteries.                                      MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X



                                                           Documentation of maintenance and
PRC-011-0                                   R1.2.                                                          MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X
                                                           testing intervals and their basis.



PRC-011-0                                   R1.3.          Summary of testing procedure.                   MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X




PRC-011-0                                   R1.4.          Schedule for system testing.                    MEDIUM            DP, TO                                           x                                                                                                              X




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                             fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 54 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                             2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                             Violation Risk   Functions                                                       Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement                Text of Requirement                                         Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                    Factor       Monitored                                                       Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                  - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual (A)       Annual (A)


PRC-011-0                                   R1.5.          Schedule for system maintenance.              MEDIUM         DP, TO                                        x                                                                                                              X




PRC-011-0                                   R1.6.          Date last tested/maintained.                  MEDIUM         DP, TO                                        x                                                                                                              X


                                                           The Transmission Owner and
                                                           Distribution Provider that owns a UVLS
                                                           system shall provide documentation of
                                                           its UVLS equipment maintenance and
PRC-011-0                     R2.                          testing program and the implementation        LOWER          DP, TO                                        x                         A
                                                           of that UVLS equipment maintenance
                                                           and testing program to its Regional
                                                           Reliability Organization and NERC on
                                                           request (within 30 calendar days).

                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-015-0                     R1.                          owns an SPS shall maintain a list of and      MEDIUM        DP, GO, TO
                                                           provide data for existing and proposed
                                                           SPSs as specified in Reliability
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-015-0                     R2.                          owns an SPS shall have evidence it            MEDIUM        DP, GO, TO
                                                           reviewed new or functionally modified
                                                           SPSs in accordance with the Regional
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-015-0                     R3.                          owns an SPS shall provide                     LOWER         DP, GO, TO
                                                           documentation of SPS data and the
                                                           results of studies that show compliance
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-016-0.1                   R1.                          owns an SPS shall analyze its SPS             MEDIUM        DP, GO, TO
                                                           operations and maintain a record of all
                                                           misoperations in accordance with the
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-016-0.1                   R2.                          owns an SPS shall take corrective             MEDIUM        DP, GO, TO
                                                           actions to avoid future misoperations.
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-016-0.1                   R3.                          owns an SPS shall provide                     LOWER         DP, GO, TO                                                                                                                        ER
                                                           documentation of the misoperation
                                                           analyses and the corrective action
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-017-0                     R1.                          owns an SPS shall have a system                HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           maintenance and testing program(s) in
                                                           place. The program(s) shall include:


                                                           SPS identification shall include but is
PRC-017-0                                   R1.1.                                                         HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           not limited to:



PRC-017-0                                   R1.1.1.        Relays.                                        HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X




PRC-017-0                                   R1.1.2.        Instrument transformers.                       HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X



                                                           Communications systems, where
PRC-017-0                                   R1.1.3.                                                       HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           appropriate.



PRC-017-0                                   R1.1.4.        Batteries.                                     HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X



                                                           Documentation of maintenance and
PRC-017-0                                   R1.2.                                                         HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           testing intervals and their basis.



PRC-017-0                                   R1.3.          Summary of testing procedure.                  HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X




PRC-017-0                                   R1.4.          Schedule for system testing.                   HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X




PRC-017-0                                   R1.5.          Schedule for system maintenance.               HIGH         DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X




PRC-017-0                                   R1.6.          Date last tested/maintained.                  MEDIUM        DP, GO, TO                                     x                                                                                                              X


                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider that
PRC-017-0                     R2.                          owns an SPS shall provide                     LOWER         DP, GO, TO                                     x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           documentation of the program and its
                                                           implementation to the appropriate
                                                           Each Transmission Owner and
                                                           Generator Owner required to install
PRC-018-1                     R1.                          DMEs by its Regional Reliability              LOWER          GO, TO
                                                           Organization (reliability standard PRC-
                                                           Internal Clocks in DME shall have DMEs
                                                           002 Requirements 1-3) devices shall be
                                                           synchronized to within 2 milliseconds
PRC-018-1                                   R1.1.                                                        LOWER          GO, TO
                                                           or less of Universal Coordinated Time
                                                           scale (UTC)

                                                           Recorded data from each Disturbance
PRC-018-1                                   R1.2.          shall be retrievable for ten calendar         LOWER          GO, TO
                                                           days..




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                     fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 55 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                 2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk    Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                               Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor        Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                      - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Transmission Owner and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each install DMEs in
PRC-018-1                     R2.                          accordance with its Regional Reliability        LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           Organization’s installation requirements
                                                           (reliability standard PRC-002 Generator
                                                           The Transmission Owner and
                                                           Owner shall each maintain, and report
PRC-018-1                     R3.                          to its Regional Reliability Organization        LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           on request, the following data on the
                                                           DMEs installed to meet that region’s
                                                           Type of DME (sequence of event
PRC-018-1                                   R3.1.          recorder, fault recorder, or dynamic            LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           disturbance recorder).


PRC-018-1                                   R3.2.          Make and model of equipment.                    LOWER           GO, TO




PRC-018-1                                   R3.3.          Installation location.                          LOWER           GO, TO




PRC-018-1                                   R3.4.          Operational status.                             LOWER           GO, TO




PRC-018-1                                   R3.5.          Date last tested.                               LOWER           GO, TO



                                                           Monitored elements, such as
PRC-018-1                                   R3.6.                                                          LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           transmission circuit, bus section, etc.


                                                           Monitored devices, such as circuit
PRC-018-1                                   R3.7.                                                          LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           breaker, disconnect status, alarms, etc.


                                                           Monitored electrical quantities, such as
PRC-018-1                                   R3.8.                                                          LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           voltage, current, etc.

                                                           The Transmission Owner and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each provide Disturbance
PRC-018-1                     R4.                          data (recorded by DMEs) in accordance           LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           with its Regional Reliability
                                                           Organization’s requirements (reliability
                                                           The Transmission Owner and Generator
                                                           Owner shall each archive all data
PRC-018-1                     R5.                          recorded by DMEs for Regional                   LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           Reliability Organization-identified
                                                           events for at least three years.
                                                           Each Transmission Owner and
                                                           Generator Owner that is required by its
PRC-018-1                     R6.                          Regional Reliability Organization to            LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           have DMEs shall have a maintenance
                                                           and testing program for those DMEs
                                                           Maintenance and testing intervals and
PRC-018-1                                   R6.1.                                                          LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           their basis.


                                                           Summary of maintenance and testing
PRC-018-1                                   R6.2.                                                          LOWER           GO, TO
                                                           procedures.

                                                           Each Transmission Owner and
                                                           Distribution Provider that owns a UVLS
PRC-021-1                     R1.                          program to mitigate the risk of voltage         LOWER           DP, TO                                                                                              A             A
                                                           collapse or voltage instability in the
                                                           BES shall annually update its UVLS data
                                                           Size and location of customer load, or
PRC-021-1                                   R1.1.          percent of connected load, to be                LOWER           DP, TO                                                                                              A             A
                                                           interrupted.


                                                           Corresponding voltage set points and
PRC-021-1                                   R1.2.                                                          MEDIUM          DP, TO                                                                                              A             A
                                                           overall scheme clearing times.



PRC-021-1                                   R1.3.          Time delay from initiation to trip signal.      LOWER           DP, TO                                                                                              A             A




PRC-021-1                                   R1.4.          Breaker operating times.                        LOWER           DP, TO                                                                                              A             A


                                                           Any other schemes that are part of or
                                                           impact the UVLS programs such as
PRC-021-1                                   R1.5.          related generation protection, islanding        LOWER           DP, TO                                                                                              A             A
                                                           schemes, automatic load restoration
                                                           schemes, UFLS andOwner and
                                                           Each Transmission Special Protection
                                                           Distribution Provider that owns a UVLS
PRC-021-1                     R2.                          program shall provide its UVLS program          LOWER           DP, TO
                                                           data to the Regional Reliability
                                                           Each Transmission 30 calendar days
                                                           Organization within Operator, Load- of
                                                           Serving Entity, and Distribution Provider
PRC-022-1                     R1.                          that operates a UVLS program to                 MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TOP
                                                           mitigate the risk of voltage collapse or
                                                           voltage instability in the BES shall
                                                           A description of the event including
PRC-022-1                                   R1.1.                                                          LOWER         DP, LSE, TOP
                                                           initiating conditions.


                                                           A review of the UVLS set points and
PRC-022-1                                   R1.2.                                                          MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TOP
                                                           tripping times.

                                                           A simulation of the event, if deemed
                                                           appropriate by the Regional Reliability
PRC-022-1                                   R1.3.          Organization. For most events, analysis         LOWER         DP, LSE, TOP
                                                           of sequence of events may be sufficient
                                                           and dynamic simulations may not be




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                         fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 56 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                 2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                               Violation Risk    Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                      Factor        Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                      - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual (A)       Annual (A)


PRC-022-1                                   R1.4.          A summary of the findings.                      LOWER         DP, LSE, TOP


                                                           For any Misoperation, a Corrective
PRC-022-1                                   R1.5.          Action Plan to avoid future                     MEDIUM        DP, LSE, TOP
                                                           Misoperations of a similar nature.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator, Load-
                                                           Serving Entity, and Distribution Provider
PRC-022-1                     R2.                          that operates a UVLS program shall              LOWER         DP, LSE, TOP
                                                           provide documentation of its analysis of
                                                           UVLS program performance to its
                                                           Each Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, and Distribution Provider shall
                                                           use any one of the following criteria
                                                           (R1.1 through R1.13) for any specific
                                                           circuit terminal to prevent its phase
                                                           protective relay settings from limiting
                                                           transmission system loadability while
PRC-023-1                     R1.                                                                           HIGH          TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           maintaining reliable protection of the
                                                           Bulk Electric System for all fault
                                                           conditions. Each Transmission Owner,
                                                           Generator Owner, and Distribution
                                                           Provider shall evaluate relay loadability
                                                           at 0.85 per unit voltage and a power
                                                           factor angle of 30 degrees:

                                                           Set transmission line relays so they do
                                                           not operate at or below 150% of the          Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.1.          highest seasonal Facility Rating of a                          TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           circuit, for the available defined loading
                                                           Set transmission line relays so they in
                                                           duration nearest 4 hours (expressed do
                                                           not operate at or below 115% of the          Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.2.          highest seasonal 15-minute Facility                            TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           Rating of a circuit (expressed in
                                                           amperes). (Whenline relays so they do
                                                           Set transmission a 15-minute rating
                                                           not operate at or below 115% of the          Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.3.          maximum theoretical power transfer                             TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           capability (using a 90-degree angle
                                                           between the sendingend and receiving-
                                                           An infinite source (zero source
                                                           impedance) with a 1.00 per unit bus          Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.3.1.                                                                       TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           voltage                                      Requirement
                                                           at each end of the line.
                                                           An impedance at each end of the line,
                                                           which reflects the actual system             Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.3.2.                                                                       TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           source impedance with a 1.05 per unit        Requirement
                                                           voltage behind each source impedance.
                                                           Set transmission line relays on series
                                                           compensated transmission lines so            Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.4.          they do not operate at or below the                            TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           maximum power transfer capability of
                                                           the line, determined as the greater of:
                                                           Set transmission line relays on weak
                                                           source systems so they do not operate        Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.5.          at or below 170% of the maximum end-                           TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           of-line three-phase fault magnitude
                                                           (expressed in amperes).
                                                           Set transmission line relays applied on
                                                           transmission lines connected to              Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.6.          generation stations remote to load so                          TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           they do not operate at or below 230% of
                                                           the aggregated generation nameplate
                                                           Set transmission line relays applied at
                                                           the load center terminal, remote from        Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.7.          generation stations, so they do not                            TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           operate at or below 115% of the
                                                           maximum currentline relays the load on
                                                           Set transmission flow from applied to
                                                           the bulk system-end of transmission          Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.8.          lines that serve load remote to the                            TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           system so they do not operate at or
                                                           below 115% of the maximum applied on
                                                           Set transmission line relays current
                                                           the load-end of transmission lines that      Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.9.          serve load remote to the bulk system so                        TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           they do not operate at or below 115% of
                                                           Set transformer fault flow from relays
                                                           the maximum current protection the load
                                                           and transmission line relays on              Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.10.         transmission lines terminated only with                        TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           a transformer so that they do not
                                                           operate at or below the greater of:
                                                           For transformer overload protection
                                                           relays that do not comply with R1.10 set     Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.11.         the                                                            TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           relays according to one of the following:
                                                           When the desired allow the transformer
                                                           - Set the relays totransmission line
                                                           capability is limited by the requirement     Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.12.         to                                                             TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           adequately protect the transmission
                                                           line, set the transmission line distance
                                                           Set the maximum torque angle (MTA) to
                                                                                                        Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.12.1.       90 degrees or the highest supported by                         TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           the manufacturer.
                                                           Evaluate the relay loadability in
                                                           amperes at the relay trip point at 0.85      Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.12.2.       per                                                            TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           unit voltage and a power factor angle of
                                                           30 degrees.
                                                           Include a relay setting component of
                                                           87% of the current calculated in R1.12.2     Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.12.3.                                                                      TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           in the Facility Rating determination for     Requirement
                                                           the circuit.
                                                           Where other situations present
                                                           practical limitations on circuit             Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R1.13.         capability, set the phase protection                           TO, GO, DP                        x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                        Requirement
                                                           relays so they do not operate at or
                                                           below 115% of such limitations.
                                                           The Transmission Owner, Generator
                                                           Owner, or Distribution Provider that
PRC-023-1                     R2.                          uses a circuit capability with the              MEDIUM         TO, GO, DP                                      x
                                                           practical limitations described in R1.6,
                                                           R1.7, R1.8, R1.9, R1.12, or R1.13 shall
                                                           The Planning Coordinator shall
                                                           determine which of the facilities
PRC-023-1                     R3.                          (transmission lines operated at 100 kV          MEDIUM          PA, PC                           x                                       A
                                                           to 200 kV and transformers with low
                                                           voltage terminals connected at 100 kV
        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                         fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 57 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                   2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                                Violation Risk     Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                       Factor         Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                        - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Planning Coordinator shall have a
                                                           process to determine the facilities that      Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R3.1.                                                                            PA, PC                           x                                       A
                                                           are critical to the reliability of the Bulk   Requirement
                                                           Electric System.

                                                           This process shall consider input from
                                                                                                         Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R3.1.1.        adjoining Planning Coordinators and                               PA, PC                           x                                       A
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                           affected Reliability Coordinators.

                                                           The Planning Coordinator shall maintain
                                                           a current list of facilities determined       Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R3.2.                                                                            PA, PC                           x                                       A
                                                           according to the process described in         Requirement
                                                           R3.1.
                                                           The Planning Coordinator shall provide
                                                           a list of facilities to its Reliability       Part of Main
PRC-023-1                                   R3.3.          Coordinators, Transmission Owners,                                PA, PC                           x                                       A
                                                                                                         Requirement
                                                           Generator Owners, and Distribution
                                                           Providers within 30 days of the

                                                           TRANSMISSION OPERATIONS


                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall have
                                                           the responsibility and clear decision-
                                                           making authority to take whatever
TOP-001-1                     R1.                          actions are needed to ensure the                  HIGH             TOP                             x
                                                           reliability of its area and shall exercise
                                                           specific authority to alleviate operating
                                                           emergencies.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall take
                                                           immediate actions to alleviate operating
TOP-001-1                     R2.                          emergencies including curtailing                  HIGH             TOP                             x
                                                           transmission service or energy
                                                           schedules, operating equipment (e.g.,
                                                           Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, and Generator Operator shall
                                                           comply with reliability directives issued
TOP-001-1                     R3.                          by the Reliability Coordinator, and each          HIGH         BA, GOP, TOP                        x
                                                           Balancing Authority and Generator
                                                           Operator shall comply with reliability
                                                           directives issued by the Transmission
                                                           Each Distribution Provider and Load-
                                                           Serving Entity shall comply with all
TOP-001-1                     R4.                          reliability directives issued by the              HIGH            DP, LSE                          x
                                                           Transmission Operator, including
                                                           shedding firm load, unless such actions

                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           inform its Reliability Coordinator and
                                                           any other potentially affected
TOP-001-1                     R5.                          Transmission Operators of real-time or            HIGH             TOP                             x
                                                           anticipated emergency conditions, and
                                                           take actions to avoid, when possible, or
                                                           mitigate the emergency.

                                                           Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, and Generator Operator shall
TOP-001-1                     R6.                          render all available emergency                    HIGH         BA, GOP, TOP                        x
                                                           assistance to others as requested,
                                                           provided that the requesting entity has
                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Generator Operator shall not remove
TOP-001-1                     R7.                          Bulk Electric System facilities from              HIGH           GOP, TOP                          x
                                                           service if removing those facilities
                                                           wouldgenerator outage, thesystems
                                                           For a burden neighboring Generator
                                                           Operator shall notify and coordinate
TOP-001-1                                   R7.1.          with the Transmission Operator. The               HIGH           GOP, TOP                          x
                                                           Transmission Operator shall notify the
                                                           Reliability Coordinator and the
                                                           For a transmission facility, other
                                                           Transmission Operator shall notify and
TOP-001-1                                   R7.2.          coordinate with its Reliability                   HIGH             TOP                             x
                                                           Coordinator. The Transmission
                                                           Operator shall notifypermit affected
                                                           When time does not other such
                                                           notifications and coordination, or when
TOP-001-1                                   R7.3.          immediate action is required to prevent           HIGH           GOP, TOP                          x
                                                           a hazard to the public, lengthy customer
                                                           servicea system emergency, theto
                                                           During interruption, or damage
                                                           Balancing Authority and Transmission
TOP-001-1                     R8.                          Operator shall immediately take action            HIGH          BA, RC, TOP                        x
                                                           to restore the Real and Reactive Power
                                                           Balance. If the Balancing Authority or
                                                           Transmission Operator is unable to


                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall maintain a
                                                           set of current plans that are designed to
                                                           evaluate options and set procedures for
                                                           reliable operation through a reasonable
                                                           future time period. In addition, each
TOP-002-2a                    R1.                                                                           MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x
                                                           Balancing Authority and Transmission
                                                           Operator shall be responsible for using
                                                           available personnel and system
                                                           equipment to implement these plans to
                                                           ensure that interconnected system
                                                           reliability will be maintained.


                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall ensure its
TOP-002-2a                    R2.                          operating personnel participate in the           MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x
                                                           system planning and design study
                                                           processes, so that these studies
                                                           Each Load-Serving Entity and Generator
                                                           Operator shall coordinate (where
                                                           confidentiality agreements allow) its
                                                           current-day, next-day, and seasonal
                                                           operations with its Host Balancing
                                                                                                                          BA, GOP, LSE,
TOP-002-2a                    R3.                          Authority and Transmission Service               MEDIUM                                            x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                               TSP
                                                           Provider. Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Service Provider shall
                                                           coordinate its current-day, next-day,
                                                           and seasonal operations with its
                                                           Transmission Operator.



        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                           fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 58 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                 2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk     Functions                                                        Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor         Monitored                                                        Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                      - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall coordinate
TOP-002-2a                    R4.                          (where confidentiality agreements              MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x
                                                           allow) its current-day, next-day, and
                                                           seasonal planning and operations with
                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall plan to
TOP-002-2a                    R5.                          meet scheduled system configuration,           MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x
                                                           generation dispatch, interchange
                                                           scheduling and demand patterns.
                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall plan to
                                                           meet unscheduled changes in system
                                                           configuration and generation dispatch
TOP-002-2a                    R6.                          (at a minimum N-1 Contingency                  MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x                                                                                                                            X
                                                           planning) in accordance with NERC,
                                                           Regional Reliability Organization,
                                                           subregional, and local reliability
                                                           requirements.
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall plan to
                                                           meet capacity and energy reserve
TOP-002-2a                    R7.                          requirements, including the                    MEDIUM             BA                             x
                                                           deliverability/capability for any single
                                                           Contingency.
                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall plan to
                                                           meet voltage and/or reactive limits,
TOP-002-2a                    R8.                                                                         MEDIUM             BA                             x
                                                           including the deliverability/capability
                                                           for any single contingency.

                                                           Each Balancing Authority shall plan to
TOP-002-2a                    R9.                                                                         LOWER              BA                             x
                                                           meet Interchange Schedules and Ramps.

                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall plan to
TOP-002-2a                    R10.                         meet all System Operating Limits               MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x
                                                           (SOLs) and Interconnection Reliability
                                                           Operating Limits (IROLs).
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
                                                           perform seasonal, next-day, and current-
TOP-002-2a                    R11.                         day Bulk Electric System studies to            MEDIUM            TOP                             x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           determine SOLs. Neighboring
                                                           Transmission Operators shall utilize
                                                           The Transmission Service Provider
                                                           shall include known SOLs or IROLs
TOP-002-2a                    R12.                         within its area and neighboring areas in       MEDIUM            TSP                             x
                                                           the determination of transfer
                                                           capabilities, inof the Balancing filed
                                                           At the request accordance with
                                                           Authority or Transmission Operator, a
TOP-002-2a                    R13.                         Generator Operator shall perform               MEDIUM            GOP                             x
                                                           generating real and reactive capability
                                                           verification that shallshall, without any
                                                           Generator Operators include, among
                                                           intentional time delay, notify their
TOP-002-2a                    R14.                         Balancing Authority and Transmission           MEDIUM            GOP                             x
                                                           Operator of changes in capabilities and
                                                           characteristics including but not limited
                                                           Changes in real output capabilities.
TOP-002-2a                                  R14.1.                                                        MEDIUM            GOP                             x
                                                           (Effective August 1, 2007)


                                                           Automatic Voltage Regulator status and
TOP-002-2a                                  R14.2.                                                        LOWER             GOP                             x
                                                           mode setting. (Retired August 1, 2007)

                                                           Generation Operators shall, at the
                                                           request of the Balancing Authority or
TOP-002-2a                    R15.                         Transmission Operator, provide a               LOWER             GOP                             x
                                                           forecast of expected real power output
                                                           to assist in operations planning (e.g., a
                                                           Subject to standards of conduct and
                                                           confidentiality agreements,
TOP-002-2a                    R16.                         Transmission Operators shall, without          MEDIUM            TOP                             x
                                                           any intentional time delay, notify their
                                                           Reliability Coordinator and Balancing

TOP-002-2a                                  R16.1.         Changes in transmission facility status.        HIGH             TOP                             x




TOP-002-2a                                  R16.2.         Changes in transmission facility rating.        HIGH             TOP                             x


                                                           Balancing Authorities and Transmission
                                                           Operators shall, without any intentional
TOP-002-2a                    R17.                         time delay, communicate the                     HIGH            BA, TOP           x
                                                           information described in the
                                                           Neighboring Balancing above to their
                                                           requirements R1 to R16Authorities,
                                                           Transmission Operators, Generator                            BA, GOP, LSE,
TOP-002-2a                    R18.                         Operators, Transmission Service                MEDIUM                             x                                                      A                                                                                    X
                                                                                                                          TOP, TSP
                                                           Providers, and Load-Serving Entities
                                                           shall use uniform line identifiers when
                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall maintain
TOP-002-2a                    R19.                         accurate computer models utilized for          MEDIUM           BA, TOP                          x
                                                           analyzing and planning system
                                                           operations.
                                                           Generator Operators and Transmission
                                                                                                         No VRF
TOP-003-1                     R1.                          Operators shall provide planned outage                         GOP, TOP
                                                                                                         Assigned
                                                           information.
                                                           Each Generator Operator shall provide
                                                           outage information daily to its
TOP-003-1                                   R1.1.          Transmission Operator for scheduled            MEDIUM          GOP, TOP
                                                           generator outages planned for the next
                                                           day (any foreseen outage of ashall
                                                           Each Transmission Operator generator
                                                           provide outage information daily to
TOP-003-1                                   R1.2.          affected Balancing Authorities and             MEDIUM           RC, TOP
                                                           Transmission Operators for scheduled
                                                           generator and bulk transmission
                                                           Such information shall be available by
                                                           1200 Central Standard Time for the
TOP-003-1                                   R1.3.          Eastern Interconnection and 1200               MEDIUM          GOP, TOP
                                                           Pacific Standard Time for the Western
                                                           Interconnection.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, and Generator Operator shall
TOP-003-1                     R2.                          plan and coordinate scheduled outages          MEDIUM        BA, GOP, TOP
                                                           of system voltage regulating equipment,
                                                           such as automatic voltage regulators on


        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                         fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 59 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                                  2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk     Functions                                                         Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                                 Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor         Monitored                                                         Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                       - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Each Transmission Operator, Balancing
                                                           Authority, and Generator Operator shall
TOP-003-1                     R3.                          plan and coordinate scheduled outages          MEDIUM         BA, GOP, TOP
                                                           of telemetering and control equipment
                                                           and associated communication
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator shall
TOP-003-1                     R4.                          resolve any scheduling of potential            MEDIUM             RC
                                                           reliability conflicts.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           operate within the Interconnection
TOP-004-2                     R1.                          Reliability Operating Limits (IROLs) and        HIGH              TOP                             x
                                                           System Operating Limits (SOLs).
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           operate so that instability, uncontrolled
TOP-004-2                     R2.                          separation, or cascading outages will           HIGH              TOP                             x
                                                           not occur as a result of the most severe
                                                           single contingency. Operator shall
                                                           Each Transmission
                                                           operate to protect against instability,
TOP-004-2                     R3.                          uncontrolled separation, or cascading           HIGH              TOP                             x
                                                           outages resulting from multiple
                                                           If a Transmission Operator Reliability
                                                           outages, as specified by itsenters an
                                                           unknown operating state (i.e. any state
TOP-004-2                     R4.                          for which valid operating limits have not       HIGH              TOP              x
                                                           been determined), it will be considered
                                                           to be in an emergency and shall restore
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall make
                                                           every effort to remain connected to the
TOP-004-2                     R5.                          Interconnection. If the Transmission            HIGH              TOP                             x
                                                           Operator determines that by remaining
                                                           interconnected, it is in imminent danger
                                                           Transmission Operators, individually
                                                           and jointly with other Transmission
                                                           Operators, shall develop, maintain, and
                                                           implement formal policies and
                                                           procedures to provide for transmission
TOP-004-2                     R6.                          reliability. These policies and                MEDIUM             TOP                                           x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           procedures shall address the execution
                                                           and coordination of activities that
                                                           impact inter- and intra-Regional
                                                           reliability, including:

                                                           Monitoring and controlling voltage
                                                           levels and real and reactive power flows.
TOP-004-2                                   R6.1.                                                         MEDIUM             TOP                                           x                         A                                                                                    X


                                                           Switching transmission elements.
TOP-004-2                                   R6.2.                                                         MEDIUM             TOP                                           x                         A                                                                                    X


                                                           Planned outages of transmission
                                                           elements.
TOP-004-2                                   R6.3.                                                         MEDIUM             TOP                                           x                         A                                                                                    X


                                                           Responding to IROL and SOL violations.
TOP-004-2                                   R6.4.                                                         MEDIUM             TOP                                           x                         A                                                                                    X


                                                           As a condition of receiving data from
                                                           the Interregional Security Network (ISN),
TOP-005-2a                    R1.                          each ISN data recipient shall sign the         Pending       NERC_Net Users                                                                                                                        ER
                                                           NERC Confidentiality Agreement for
                                                           ―Electric System Reliability Data.‖
                                                           Upon request, each Balancing Authority
                                                           and Transmission Operator shall
TOP-005-2a                    R2.                          provide to other Balancing Authorities         Pending          BA, TOP                                                                                                                            ER
                                                           and Transmission Operators with
                                                           Each Purchasing-Selling for operational
                                                           immediate responsibility Entity shall
                                                           provide information as requested by its
TOP-005-2a                    R3.                          Host Balancing Authorities and                 Pending            PSE                                                                                                                              ER
                                                           Transmission Operators to enable them
                                                           to conduct operational reliability
                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall know the
TOP-006-2                     R1.                          status of all generation and                   MEDIUM           BA, TOP
                                                           transmission resources available for
                                                           use.
                                                           Each Generator Operator shall inform
                                                           its Host Balancing Authority and the
TOP-006-2                                   R1.1.                                                         MEDIUM             GOP
                                                           Transmission Operator of all generation
                                                           resources available for use.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall inform the
TOP-006-2                                   R1.2.          Reliability Coordinator and other              MEDIUM           BA, TOP
                                                           affected Balancing Authorities and
                                                           Transmission Operators of all
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, and Balancing
TOP-006-2                     R2.                          Authority shall monitor applicable              HIGH          BA, RC, TOP
                                                           transmission line status, real and
                                                           reactive power flows, voltage, load-tap-
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, and Balancing
TOP-006-2                     R3.                          Authority shall provide appropriate            MEDIUM         BA, RC, TOP
                                                           technical information concerning
                                                           protective relays to their operating
                                                           Each Transmission Operator, and
                                                           Balancing Authority shall have
TOP-006-2                     R4.                          information, including weather                 MEDIUM           BA, TOP
                                                           forecasts and past load patterns,
                                                           available to predict the system’s near-
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, and Balancing
TOP-006-2                     R5.                          Authority shall use monitoring                 MEDIUM         BA, RC, TOP
                                                           equipment to bring to the attention of
                                                           operating personnel important
                                                           Each Balancing Authority and
                                                           Transmission Operator shall use
TOP-006-2                     R6.                          sufficient metering of suitable range,          HIGH            BA, TOP
                                                           accuracy and sampling rate (if
                                                           applicable) to ensure accurate and
                                                           Each Reliability Coordinator,
                                                           Transmission Operator, and Balancing
TOP-006-2                     R7.                                                                          HIGH          BA, RC, TOP
                                                           Authority shall monitor system
                                                           frequency.
                                                           A Transmission Operator shall inform
                                                           its Reliability Coordinator when an IROL
TOP-007-0                     R1.                          or SOL has been exceeded and the                HIGH              TOP                             x                                                                                                ER
                                                           actions being taken to return the system
                                                           to within limits.

        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                          fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 60 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                       Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                       Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Following a Contingency or other event
                                                           that results in an IROL violation, the
TOP-007-0                     R2.                          Transmission Operator shall return its          HIGH            TOP                           x                                                                                                ER
                                                           transmission system to within IROL as
                                                           soon as possible, but not longer than 30
                                                           A Transmission Operator shall take all
                                                           appropriate actions up to and including
TOP-007-0                     R3.                          shedding firm load, or directing the            HIGH            TOP            x
                                                           shedding of firm load, in order to
                                                           comply with Requirement R 2.
                                                           The Reliability Coordinator shall
                                                           evaluate actions taken to address an
TOP-007-0                     R4.                          IROL or SOL violation and, if the actions       HIGH            RC                            x                                                                                                ER
                                                           taken are not appropriate or sufficient,
                                                           direct actions required to return the
                                                           The Transmission Operator
                                                           experiencing or contributing to an IROL
TOP-008-1                     R1.                          or SOL violation shall take immediate           HIGH            TOP                           x
                                                           steps to relieve the condition, which
                                                           may include shedding firm load.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           operate to prevent the likelihood that a
TOP-008-1                     R2.                          disturbance, action, or inaction will           HIGH            TOP                           x
                                                           result in an IROL or SOL violation in its
                                                           The or another area of the
                                                           areaTransmission Operator shall
                                                           disconnect the affected facility if the
TOP-008-1                     R3.                          overload on a transmission facility or          HIGH            TOP                           x
                                                           abnormal voltage or reactive condition
                                                           persists and equipment is endangered.
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall have
                                                           sufficient information and analysis
TOP-008-1                     R4.                          tools to determine the cause(s) of SOL         MEDIUM           TOP                           x
                                                           violations. This analysis shall be
                                                           conducted in all operating timeframes.

                                                           TRANSMISSION PLANNING


                                                           The Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
                                                           demonstrate through a valid
TPL-001-0.1                   R1.                          assessment that its portion of the              HIGH         PA, PC, TP
                                                           interconnected transmission system is
                                                           planned such that, with all transmission
                                                           facilities annually. and with normal
                                                           Be made in service
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.1.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Be conducted for near-term (years one
                                                           through five) and longer-term (years six
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.2.          through ten) planning horizons.                MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Be supported by a current or past study
                                                           and/or system simulation testing that
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.          addresses each of the following                MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP
                                                           categories, showing system
                                                           performance following Category A of
                                                           Cover critical system conditions and
                                                           study years as deemed appropriate by
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.1.        the entity performing the study.               MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Be conducted annually unless changes
                                                           to system conditions do not warrant
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.2.        such analyses.                                 MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Be conducted beyond the five-year
                                                           horizon only as needed to address
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.3.        identified marginal conditions that may        MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP
                                                           have longer lead-time solutions.
                                                           Have established normal (pre-
                                                           contingency) operating procedures in
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.4.        place.                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Have all projected firm transfers
                                                           modeled.
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.5.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Be performed for selected demand
                                                           levels over the range of forecast system
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.6.        demands.                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Demonstrate that system performance
                                                           meets Table 1 for Category A (no
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.7.        contingencies).                                MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Include existing and planned facilities.
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.8.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Include Reactive Power resources to
                                                           ensure that adequate reactive resources
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.3.9.        are available to meet system                   MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP
                                                           performance.
                                                           Address any planned upgrades needed
                                                           to meet the performance requirements
TPL-001-0.1                                 R1.4.          of Category A.                                 MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           When system simulations indicate an
                                                           inability of the systems to respond as
TPL-001-0.1                   R2.                          prescribed in Reliability Standard TPL-        MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP
                                                           001-0_R1, the Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each:
                                                           Provide a written summary of its plans
                                                           to achieve the required system
TPL-001-0.1                                 R2.1.          performance as described above                 MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP
                                                           throughout the planning horizon.
                                                           Including a schedule for implementation.
TPL-001-0.1                                 R2.1.1.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Including a discussion of expected
                                                           required in-service dates of facilities.
TPL-001-0.1                                 R2.1.2.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 61 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                       Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                       Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Consider lead times necessary to
                                                           implement plans.
TPL-001-0.1                                 R2.1.3.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP


                                                           Review, in subsequent annual
                                                           assessments, (where sufficient lead
TPL-001-0.1                                 R2.2.          time exists), the continuing need for          LOWER         PA, PC, TP
                                                           identified system facilities. Detailed
                                                           implementation plans are not
                                                           The Planning Authority and needed.
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-001-0.1                   R3.                          document the results of these reliability      LOWER         PA, PC, TP                                                                                          A             A
                                                           assessments and corrective plans and
                                                           shall annuallyAuthoritythese to its
                                                           The Planning provide and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-002-0a                    R1.                          demonstrate through a valid                     HIGH         PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           assessment that its portion of the
                                                           interconnected transmission system is

TPL-002-0a                                  R1.1.          Be made annually.                              MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X


                                                           Be conducted for near-term (years one
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.2.          through five) and longer-term (years six       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           through ten) planning horizons.
                                                           Be supported by a current or past study
                                                           and/or system simulation testing that
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.          addresses each of the following                MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           categories, showing system
                                                           Be performedfollowing Category B of
                                                           performance and evaluated only for
                                                           those Category B contingencies that
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.1.        would produce the more severe System           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           results or impacts. The rationale for the
                                                           contingencies selected for evaluation
                                                           Include the effects of existing and
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.10.       planned protection systems, including          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           any backup or redundant systems.


                                                           Include the effects of existing and
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.11.                                                      MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           planned control devices.

                                                           Include the planned (including
                                                           maintenance) outage of any bulk
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.12.       electric equipment (including protection       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           systems or their components) at those
                                                           demand levels for which planned
                                                           Cover critical system conditions and
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.2.        study years as deemed appropriate by           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           the responsible entity.

                                                           Be conducted annually unless changes
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.3.        to system conditions do not warrant            MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           such analyses.

                                                           Be conducted beyond the five-year
                                                           horizon only as needed to address
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.4.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           identified marginal conditions that may
                                                           have longer lead-time solutions.

                                                           Have all projected firm transfers
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.5.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           modeled.


                                                           Be performed and evaluated for
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.6.        selected demand levels over the range          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           of forecast system Demands.


                                                           Demonstrate that system performance
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.7.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           meets Category B contingencies.



TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.8.        Include existing and planned facilities.       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X


                                                           Include Reactive Power resources to
                                                           ensure that adequate reactive resources
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.3.9.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           are available to meet system
                                                           performance.

                                                           Address any planned upgrades needed
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.4.          to meet the performance requirements           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           of Category B of Table I.


                                                           Consider all contingencies applicable to
TPL-002-0a                                  R1.5.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           Category B.

                                                           When System simulations indicate an
                                                           inability of the systems to respond as
TPL-002-0a                    R2.                          prescribed in Reliability Standard TPL-        MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           002-0_R1, the Planning Authority and
                                                           Provide a written summary each:
                                                           Transmission Planner shallof its plans
                                                           to achieve the required system
TPL-002-0a                                  R2.1.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           performance as described above
                                                           throughout the planning horizon:


TPL-002-0a                                  R2.1.1.        Including a schedule for implementation.       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X



                                                           Including a discussion of expected
TPL-002-0a                                  R2.1.2.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           required in-service dates of facilities.


                                                           Consider lead times necessary to
TPL-002-0a                                  R2.1.3.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           implement plans.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 62 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                       Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement              Text of Requirement                                            Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                       Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           Review, in subsequent annual
                                                           assessments, (where sufficient lead
TPL-002-0a                                  R2.2.          time exists), the continuing need for          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           identified system facilities. Detailed
                                                           implementation plans are not needed.
                                                           The Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-002-0a                    R3.                          document the results of its Reliability        LOWER         PA, PC, TP                       x                                                                  A             A
                                                           Assessments and corrective plans and
                                                           The Planning Authoritythe results to its
                                                           shall annually provide and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-003-0a                    R1.                          demonstrate through a valid                     HIGH         PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           assessment that its portion of the
                                                           interconnected transmission systems is

TPL-003-0a                                  R1.1.          Be made annually.                              MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X


                                                           Be conducted for near-term (years one
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.2.          through five) and longer-term (years six       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           through ten) planning horizons.
                                                           Be supported by a current or past study
                                                           and/or system simulation testing that
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.          addresses each of the following                MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           categories, showing system
                                                           performance following Category C of
                                                           Be performed and evaluated only for
                                                           those Category C contingencies that
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.1.        would produce the more severe system           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           results or impacts. The rationale for the
                                                           contingencies selected for evaluation
                                                           Include the effects of existing and
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.10.       planned protection systems, including          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           any backup or redundant systems.


                                                           Include the effects of existing and
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.11.                                                      MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           planned control devices.

                                                           Include the planned (including
                                                           maintenance) outage of any bulk
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.12.       electric equipment (including protection       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           systems or their components) at those
                                                           Demand levels for which planned
                                                           Cover critical system conditions and
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.2.        study years as deemed appropriate by           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           the responsible entity.

                                                           Be conducted annually unless changes
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.3.        to system conditions do not warrant            MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           such analyses.

                                                           Be conducted beyond the five-year
                                                           horizon only as needed to address
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.4.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           identified marginal conditions that may
                                                           have longer lead-time solutions.

                                                           Have all projected firm transfers
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.5.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           modeled.


                                                           Be performed and evaluated for
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.6.        selected demand levels over the range          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           of forecast system demands.

                                                           Demonstrate that System performance
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.7.        meets Table 1 for Category C                   MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           contingencies.


TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.8.        Include existing and planned facilities.       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X


                                                           Include Reactive Power resources to
                                                           ensure that adequate reactive resources
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.3.9.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           are available to meet System
                                                           performance.

                                                           Address any planned upgrades needed
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.4.          to meet the performance requirements           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           of Category C.


                                                           Consider all contingencies applicable to
TPL-003-0a                                  R1.5.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                                     x                                                                                                              X
                                                           Category C.

                                                           When system simulations indicate an
                                                           inability of the systems to respond as
TPL-003-0a                    R2.                          prescribed in Reliability Standard TPL-        MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           003-0_R1, the Planning Authority and
                                                           Provide a written summary each:
                                                           Transmission Planner shallof its plans
                                                           to achieve the required system
TPL-003-0a                                  R2.1.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           performance as described above
                                                           throughout the planning horizon:


TPL-003-0a                                  R2.1.1.        Including a schedule for implementation.       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x



                                                           Including a discussion of expected
TPL-003-0a                                  R2.1.2.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           required in-service dates of facilities.


                                                           Consider lead times necessary to
TPL-003-0a                                  R2.1.3.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           implement plans.

                                                           Review, in subsequent annual
                                                           assessments, (where sufficient lead
TPL-003-0a                                  R2.2.          time exists), the continuing need for          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           identified system facilities. Detailed
                                                           implementation plans are not needed.




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 63 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                               Supporting                                                                              2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                              Requirement                                                              Violation Risk   Functions                                                       Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                Requirement             Text of Requirement                                             Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                Number                                                                     Factor       Monitored                                                       Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                               Number                                                                                   - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                           The Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-003-0a                    R3.                          document the results of these                  LOWER         PA, PC, TP        x                                                                                 A             A
                                                           Reliability Assessments and corrective
                                                           plans and shall annually provide these
                                                           The Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-004-0                     R1.                          demonstrate through a valid                    MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           assessment that its portion of the
                                                           interconnected transmission system is

TPL-004-0                                   R1.1.          Be made annually.                              MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x



                                                           Be conducted for near-term (years one
TPL-004-0                                   R1.2.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           through five).

                                                           Be supported by a current or past study
                                                           and/or system simulation testing that
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.          addresses each of the following                MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           categories, showing system
                                                           performance following Category D
                                                           Be performed and evaluated only for
                                                           those Category D contingencies that
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.1.        would produce the more severe system           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           results or impacts. The rationale for the
                                                           contingencies selected for evaluation
                                                           Cover critical system conditions and
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.2.        study years as deemed appropriate by           MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           the responsible entity.

                                                           Be conducted annually unless changes
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.3.        to system conditions do not warrant            MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           such analyses.


                                                           Have all projected firm transfers
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.4.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           modeled.



TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.5.        Include existing and planned facilities.       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x


                                                           Include Reactive Power resources to
                                                           ensure that adequate reactive resources
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.6.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           are available to meet system
                                                           performance.

                                                           Include the effects of existing and
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.7.        planned protection systems, including          MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           any backup or redundant systems.


                                                           Include the effects of existing and
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.8.                                                       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           planned control devices.

                                                           Include the planned (including
                                                           maintenance) outage of any bulk
TPL-004-0                                   R1.3.9.        electric equipment (including protection       MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           systems or their components) at those
                                                           demand levels for which planned
                                                           Consider all contingencies applicable to
TPL-004-0                                   R1.4.                                                         MEDIUM        PA, PC, TP                       x
                                                           Category D.

                                                           The Planning Authority and
                                                           Transmission Planner shall each
TPL-004-0                     R2.                          document the results of its reliability        LOWER         PA, PC, TP        x                                                                                 A             A
                                                           assessments and shall annually provide
                                                           the results to its entities’ respective

                                                           VOLTAGE AND REACTIVE


                                                           Each Transmission Operator,
                                                           individually and jointly with other
VAR-001-2                     R1.                          Transmission Operators, shall ensure            HIGH            TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           that formal policies and procedures are
                                                           developed, maintained, and shall
                                                           Each Transmission Operator
                                                           acquire sufficient reactive resources –
VAR-001-2                     R2.                          which may include, but is not limited to,       HIGH            TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           reactive generation scheduling;
                                                           transmission line and reactive resource
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
                                                           specify criteria that exempts generators
VAR-001-2                     R3.                          from compliance with the requirements          LOWER            TOP                                         x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           defined in Requirement 4, and
                                                           Requirement 6.1. Operator shall
                                                           Each Transmission
                                                           maintain a list of generators in its area
VAR-001-2                                   R3.1.                                                         LOWER            TOP                                         x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           that are exempt from following a voltage
                                                           or Reactive Power schedule.
                                                           For each generator that is on this
                                                           exemption list, the Transmission
VAR-001-2                                   R3.2.                                                         LOWER            TOP                                         x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           Operator shall notify the associated
                                                           Generator Owner.
                                                           Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                           specify a voltage or Reactive Power
VAR-001-2                     R4.                          schedule at the interconnection                MEDIUM           TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                           between the generator facility and the
                                                           Transmission Owner's facilitiesandbe
                                                           Each Purchasing-Selling Entity to
                                                           Load Serving Entity shall arrange for
VAR-001-2                     R5.                          (self-provide or purchase) reactive             HIGH         LSE, PSE                                       x
                                                           resources – which may include, but is
                                                           not limited to, reactive generationknow
                                                           The Transmission Operator shall
                                                           the status of all transmission Reactive
VAR-001-2                     R6.                          Power resources, including the status          MEDIUM           TOP                                         x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           of voltage regulators and power system
                                                           stabilizers.
                                                           When notified of the loss of an
                                                           automatic voltage regulator control, the
VAR-001-2                                   R6.1.          Transmission Operator shall direct the         MEDIUM           TOP                                         x                         A                                                                                    X
                                                           Generator Operator to maintain or
                                                           change either its voltage schedule or its




        Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                      fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 64 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                 Supporting                                                                            2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                Requirement                                                             Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                  Requirement               Text of Requirement                                         Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                  Number                                                                    Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                 Number                                                                                 - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Annual (A)       Annual (A)
                                                             The Transmission Operator shall be
                                                             able to operate or direct the operation
VAR-001-2                       R7.                                                                         HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                             of devices necessary to regulate
                                                             transmission voltage and reactive flow.
                                                             Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                             operate or direct the operation of
VAR-001-2                       R8.                          capacitive and inductive reactive              HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                             resources within its area – which may
                                                             include, but is not limited to, shall
                                                             Each Transmission Operator reactive
                                                             maintain reactive resources – which
VAR-001-2                       R9.                          may include, but is not limited to,            HIGH           TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             reactive generation scheduling;
                                                             transmission line and reactive resource
                                                             Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                             disperse and locate the reactive
VAR-001-2                                     R9.1.          resources so that the resources can be         HIGH           TOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             applied effectively and quickly when
                                                             Contingencies occur.
                                                             Each Transmission Operator shall
                                                             correct IROL or SOL violations resulting
VAR-001-2                       R10.                         from reactive resource deficiencies            HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                             (IROL violations must be corrected
                                                             After consultation and the Generator
                                                             within 30 minutes) with complete the
                                                             Owner regarding necessary step-up
VAR-001-2                       R11.                         transformer tap changes, the                  LOWER           TOP                                         x
                                                             Transmission Operator shall provide
                                                             documentation to the Generator Owner
                                                             The Transmission Operator shall direct
                                                             corrective action, including load
VAR-001-2                       R12.                         reduction, necessary to prevent voltage        HIGH           TOP                                         x
                                                             collapse when reactive resources are
                                                             insufficient.
                                                             The Generator Operator shall operate
                                                             each generator connected to the
VAR-002-1.1b                    R1.                          interconnected transmission system in         MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             the automatic voltage control mode
                                                             (automatic voltage regulator in service
                                                             Unless exempted by the Transmission
                                                             Operator, each Generator Operator shall
VAR-002-1.1b                    R2.                          maintain the generator voltage or             MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             Reactive Power output (within
                                                             applicable Facility Ratings. [1] as
                                                             When a generator’s automatic voltage
                                                             regulator is out of service, the
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R2.1.          Generator Operator shall use an               MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             alternative method to control the
                                                             generator voltage and reactive output
                                                             When directed to modify voltage, the to
                                                             Generator Operator shall comply or
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R2.2.                                                        MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             provide an explanation of why the
                                                             schedule cannot be met.
                                                             Each Generator Operator shall notify its
                                                             associated Transmission Operator as
VAR-002-1.1b                    R3.                                                                        MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             soon as practical, but within 30 minutes
                                                             of any of the following:
                                                             A status or capability change on any
                                                             generator Reactive Power resource,
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R3.1.          including the status of each automatic        MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             voltage regulator and power system
                                                             A status or capability change on any of
                                                             stabilizer and the expected duration
                                                             other Reactive Power resources under
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R3.2.          the Generator Operator’s control and          MEDIUM          GOP                           x                                       A                                                                                    X
                                                             the expected duration of the change in
                                                             status or capability. shall provide the
                                                             The Generator Owner
                                                             following to its associated
VAR-002-1.1b                    R4.                          Transmission Operator and                     LOWER            GO                                         x
                                                             Transmission Planner within 30
                                                             For generator of a request.
                                                             calendar days step-up transformers and
                                                             auxiliary transformers with primary
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R4.1.                                                        LOWER            GO                                         x
                                                             voltages equal to or greater than the
                                                             generator terminal voltage:


VAR-002-1.1b                                  R4.1.1.        Tap settings.                                 LOWER            GO                                         x




VAR-002-1.1b                                  R4.1.2.        Available fixed tap ranges.                   LOWER            GO                                         x




VAR-002-1.1b                                  R4.1.3.        Impedance data.                               LOWER            GO                                         x



                                                             The +/- voltage range with step-change
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R4.1.4.                                                      LOWER            GO                                         x
                                                             in % for load-tap changing transformers.

                                                             After consultation with the
                                                             Transmission Operator regarding
VAR-002-1.1b                    R5.                          necessary step-up transformer tap             MEDIUM           GO                                         x
                                                             changes, the Generator Owner shall
                                                             ensure that transformer tap positions
                                                             If the Generator Operator can’t comply
                                                             with the Transmission Operator’s
VAR-002-1.1b                                  R5.1.          specifications, the Generator Operator        LOWER           GOP                                         x
                                                             shall notify the Transmission Operator
                                                             and shall provide the technical
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   2011
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Total

                                                                                                           2012          Totals          274           397            250                     414                           51            51              32              0          462



         REGISTERED FUNCTION ABBREVIATIONS




BA - Balancing Authority                                     RC - Reliability Coordinator




          Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                                    fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 65 of 68
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Periodic Data    Periodic Data
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Submittals:      Submittals:                                      2011
    Reliability                                 Supporting                                                                       2012 Annual   2012 Annual   2012 Annual
                                 Requirement                                                       Violation Risk   Functions                                                      Self-Cert.                 Monthly (M),     Monthly (M),      Exception       Spot Check    Annual
     Standard                                  Requirement              Text of Requirement                                     Program Audit Program Audit Program Audit
                                   Number                                                              Factor       Monitored                                                      Annual (A)                                                   Reporting (ER)      (SC)      Program
 (FERC Approved)                                 Number                                                                            - 1st Tier   - 2nd Tier     - 3rd Tier
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Quarterly (Q),   Quarterly (Q),                                 Audit (X)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual (A)       Annual (A)


DP - Distribution Provider                                   RE - Regional Entity




GO - Generation Owner                                        RP - Resource Planner




GOP - Generation Operator                                    RSG - Reserve Sharing Group




IA - Interchange Authority                                   TO - Transmission Owner




LSE - Load-Serving Entity                                    TOP - Transmission Operator




PA/PC - Planning Authority,
Planning Coordinator                                         TP - Transmission Planner




PSE - Purchasing-Selling Entities                            TSP - Transmission Service Provider




           Requirements Detail                                                                                                                                              fecfe126-96a9-47dd-b067-8271b4bbe6e9.xls                                                                      Page 66 of 68
                                         Revision History

Revision
Number      Date      Standard/Process
    0      3/18/11   Development
    1      5/12/11   Development
   1.1     6/30/11   Production
    2      7/12/11   Revision
   2.1     8/11/11   Revision
   2.2     8/19/11   Revision
                   Revision History


                                                      Description
Initial Draft
Incorporated feedback for CIPs and 693 Standards
Final review and approval.
Updated list of Reliability Standards subject to spot check
Updated in-effect version for 2012: CIP-005-3a, IRO-004-2, IRO-005-2a, IRO-006-5, IRO-006-EAST-1, and IRO-
006-WECC-1. Removed Reliability Standards: MOD-006-0.1 and MOD-007-0.
Updated in-effect version for 2012: BAL-006-2, CIP-001-2a, INT-003-3, IRO-005-3a, PER-004-1, PER-004-2, and

						
Related docs
Other docs by leHQBY
Inverse Functions (PPT) - Dana Center
Views: 36  |  Downloads: 0
kiristal
Views: 7  |  Downloads: 0
Diapositiva 1
Views: 5  |  Downloads: 0
Fourth grade
Views: 7  |  Downloads: 0
?????????
Views: 31  |  Downloads: 0
mssql
Views: 174  |  Downloads: 0
NEWTON POPPLEFORD & HARPFORD
Views: 5  |  Downloads: 0
JavaScript
Views: 8  |  Downloads: 0
I M2
Views: 15  |  Downloads: 0